{"title":"Home \u0026 Garden","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHome and Garden Products at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur home and garden products category covers the practical things that make a house easier to run and an outdoor space nicer to use: storage and shelving, kitchen and pantry storage, bathroom accessories, towels, smart home helpers such as robot vacuums and night lights, patio furniture, garden shade, outdoor storage and plant watering kits. Easy Life Markets sells all of these items directly through our store, and each product page lists the size, materials, options, current price and availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat should you buy? Start with the problem you want to solve. If cupboards are overflowing, look at shelving and storage. If the bathroom feels tired, new towels, a bath mat and a few accessories make a quick difference. If you have a patio or garden, comfortable seating, shade and a weatherproof storage box make it a place you actually use. If daily cleaning takes too long, a robot vacuum can help. The sections below explain each group, what to check before you buy, and examples from what we carry now. We add new items regularly, so the advice applies to new arrivals too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0a25ee23-17e6-4f79-af37-62744beb0d7a.jpg?width=900\" alt=\"Home and garden products: wooden patio swing in carbonized brown with A-frame stand, two seats and center table on a patio\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Category Covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome and garden is a broad range, so we split it into smaller collections. You can shop everything from this page, or go straight to the area you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage and organisation:\u003c\/strong\u003e shelving units, pantry cabinets, wire racks and closet shelves. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Organization\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen and dining:\u003c\/strong\u003e pantry storage, countertop racks and dining storage. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003eKitchen \u0026amp; Dining\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden and outdoor:\u003c\/strong\u003e patio furniture, swings, loungers, umbrellas, deck boxes and watering kits. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003eGarden \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eOutdoor Furniture\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome decor:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorative storage and accents. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-decor\"\u003eHome Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e cleaning tools and helpers. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cleaning-supplies\"\u003eCleaning Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom and towels:\u003c\/strong\u003e towels, bath mats, shower heads and accessories. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003eTowels \u0026amp; Linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003eBathroom\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart home:\u003c\/strong\u003e robot vacuums, sensor lights and connected garden timers. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/smart-home\"\u003eSmart Home\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage and Shelving for Every Room\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage is the most useful upgrade in most homes, and it is a large part of our home and garden products range. Clear floors and tidy shelves make cleaning faster and rooms feel larger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSteel and wire shelving\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen shelving suits garages, pantries, laundries and utility rooms where you want to see everything at a glance. Boltless steel racks go together without screws. Wire shelving lets air circulate, which helps in kitchens and damp spaces. Examples are the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eheavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e with MDF boards, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wire-shelving-unit-62-9-inch-adjustable-3-bay-11-shelves\"\u003ewire shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e with three bays and 11 shelves, and the compact \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage\"\u003e3 tier wire shelving rack\u003c\/a\u003e for a countertop or cupboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCabinets with doors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClosed cabinets hide clutter and keep dust off what is inside. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kitchen-pantry-cabinet-71-inch-pull-out-shelves-walnut\"\u003ekitchen pantry cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e has pull-out shelves, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard\"\u003ebuffet cabinet with glass doors\u003c\/a\u003e shows off dishes while keeping them clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWardrobe and small-space storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore buying new furniture, use the space you already have. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/expandable-closet-shelf-tension-no-drill\"\u003eexpandable closet shelf\u003c\/a\u003e adds a level inside a wardrobe without drilling, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-laundry-basket-foldable-38cm\"\u003ewall mounted laundry basket\u003c\/a\u003e folds nearly flat when empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Room-by-Room Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is easier to plan when you think one room at a time. Here is where each group of products usually helps most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHome and garden products for the kitchen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitchens need storage close to where you cook. A pantry cabinet holds dry food, tins and small appliances. A wire rack inside a cupboard doubles the shelf space for spices and jars. A countertop bottle rack frees a shelf in the fridge door. Keep the things you use every day between waist and shoulder height, and store heavy pots low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBathroom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBathrooms are small and damp, so look for storage that uses walls and corners. Adhesive corner shelves hold bottles in the shower. A towel bar, ring and hook set gives every towel a place to dry. A non-slip mat outside the bath or shower makes the floor safer. Fresh towels in one or two colours make the room look calmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBedroom and wardrobe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBedrooms benefit from storage you do not see. A tension shelf inside a wardrobe, a folding laundry basket on the wall and a motion sensor light inside a dark cupboard all keep things tidy without taking floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGarage, laundry and utility rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese rooms need strong, open shelving. Steel units with MDF boards hold boxes, tools and paint tins. Leave a clear path to the door and keep heavy items on the bottom shelf. Label boxes so you can find things without unpacking every shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePatio, balcony and garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreat the outdoor space as another room. Start with seating, add a table, then shade and dry storage. On a small balcony, a pair of folding chairs and a small table may be all you need. On a larger patio, a sectional set, a swing or a fire table creates a place to spend whole evenings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Simple Seasonal Checklist\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring:\u003c\/strong\u003e clean outdoor furniture, check umbrellas and covers, and set up watering kits for the growing season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSummer:\u003c\/strong\u003e put up shade, keep cushions in a deck box when not in use, and water plants early or late in the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutumn:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear leaves from patio furniture, sort the garage shelves before the cold months, and store items you will not use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter:\u003c\/strong\u003e cover or store outdoor pieces, refresh bathroom towels and mats, and check smart devices and batteries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKitchen and Dining Helpers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA well-organised kitchen saves time every day. Group items by use, keep daily things at waist height, and store heavy items low. Countertop racks keep bottles and jars upright and easy to reach. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wave-wine-rack-aluminium-countertop-bottle-holder\"\u003ewave wine rack\u003c\/a\u003e is an aluminium countertop bottle holder that doubles as a decorative shelf. The pantry cabinet and wire racks above also suit kitchens well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBathroom Accessories and Towels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall changes in a bathroom have a big effect. New towels, a bath mat and matching accessories can refresh the room without any building work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTowels\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCotton towels are soft and absorbent. Heavier towels feel plush and absorb more, while lighter ones dry faster. Sets usually combine bath, hand and square face towels. Look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/long-staple-cotton-towels-32-strand-set-12-colours\"\u003elong staple cotton towels\u003c\/a\u003e in 12 colours, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/combed-cotton-towel-set-3-piece-gift-set-600g\"\u003ecombed cotton towel set\u003c\/a\u003e with a 600 g bath towel, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/6-piece-towel-set-cotton-solid-colour-21-styles\"\u003e6 piece towel set\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBath mats, shower heads and accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA non-slip mat makes a wet floor safer. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/quick-drying-bath-mat-absorbent-non-slip-oval-semicircle\"\u003equick drying bath mat\u003c\/a\u003e comes in oval or semicircle shapes. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/turbo-propeller-shower-head-handheld-fan-filter\"\u003eturbo propeller shower head\u003c\/a\u003e is a handheld head with filter and holder options. For storage, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/corner-shower-shelf-adhesive-wire-black-white\"\u003ecorner shower shelf\u003c\/a\u003e fixes with adhesive plates, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook\"\u003ebathroom accessory set\u003c\/a\u003e includes a towel bar, ring, roll holder and hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8632f5bf-30cd-4012-8f1a-d5b116bf994b.jpg?width=900\" alt=\"Long staple cotton towels in grey with ribbed borders, a stack of six bath, hand and square towels\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing towel sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bath towel wraps around the body after a shower. A hand towel hangs by the basin. A square face towel is for washing and quick drying. Bath sheets are larger than bath towels and suit people who like full coverage. Many of the home and garden products in this group are sold as single towels or as bundles, so you can buy exactly what your household needs. Check the measurements on each product page, as sizes vary between sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSmart Home Helpers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome jobs are easier when a device does them for you. A robot vacuum keeps floors tidy between deep cleans. Motion sensor lights switch on when you walk past, which helps in hallways, stairs and wardrobes at night. A WiFi watering timer looks after plants when you are busy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/robot-vacuum-cleaner-3-in-1-sweep-mop-1200pa\"\u003erobot vacuum cleaner 3 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e sweeps, vacuums and mops with a slim 68 mm body that fits under many sofas and beds. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/motion-sensor-night-light-led-rotating-stick\"\u003emotion sensor night light\u003c\/a\u003e comes in battery or rechargeable versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden and Outdoor Living\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Patio\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epatio\u003c\/a\u003e, balcony or garden works best when it has three things: somewhere comfortable to sit, shade, and dry storage for cushions and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOutdoor seating\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose materials made for outdoor use, such as PE rattan, treated wood and powder-coated steel. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wooden-patio-swing-2-seat-a-frame-center-table\"\u003ewooden patio swing\u003c\/a\u003e seats two with a center table, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-patio-sectional-set\"\u003ewicker patio sectional set\u003c\/a\u003e is a 7-piece set with an acacia coffee table, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/outdoor-patio-sofa-set-woven-rope-lounge-coffee-table\"\u003eoutdoor patio sofa set\u003c\/a\u003e offers woven lounge chairs and sofas in several options. For one person, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hammock-chair-with-stand-cushion-gray\"\u003ehammock chair with stand\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-adirondack-chair-set-of-2-wooden-light-brown\"\u003efolding Adirondack chair set\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShade and warmth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cantilever umbrella has its pole to one side, so the shade falls over the table or seats without a pole in the way. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cantilever-patio-umbrella-3m-side-post-8-ribs\"\u003ecantilever patio umbrella\u003c\/a\u003e is 3 m with 8 ribs and a crank. For cooler evenings, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/propane-fire-pit-table-56-inch-50000-btu-dark-grey\"\u003epropane fire pit table\u003c\/a\u003e gives a focal point and a table surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOutdoor storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCushions last longer when they stay dry. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/200-gallon-metal-deck-box-lockable-lid-wheels-dark-gray\"\u003e200 gallon metal deck box\u003c\/a\u003e has a lockable lid, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-storage-bench-outdoor-deck-box-seat-cushion-brown\"\u003erattan storage bench\u003c\/a\u003e doubles as a seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWatering plants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrip watering delivers water slowly at the roots, which reduces waste and keeps soil evenly moist. You can read more about \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Drip_irrigation\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003edrip irrigation\u003c\/a\u003e as a method. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wifi-water-pump-timer-automatic-drip-irrigation-kit\"\u003eWiFi water pump timer\u003c\/a\u003e is an automatic drip kit for potted plants with an optional solar panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Choose Home and Garden Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart with the problem.\u003c\/strong\u003e Write down what bothers you most, such as cluttered shelves, damp towels or an empty patio, and solve that first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the space.\u003c\/strong\u003e Note width, depth and height for shelving and cabinets, and floor area for outdoor sets. Check doorways and gates too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelving lists a weight capacity per shelf or per unit. Choose one that suits what you plan to store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch the material to the place.\u003c\/strong\u003e Indoor items rarely suit outdoor weather. Bathrooms need materials that cope with damp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck power and connectivity.\u003c\/strong\u003e For smart devices, see the charging, battery and app details on the product page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLook at the options.\u003c\/strong\u003e Many products come in several sizes, colours or bundles, and the price can change between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComparison Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis table shows which home and garden products solve which everyday problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProblem it solves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to check\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExample\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel shelving unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarage or pantry clutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad per shelf, height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eHeavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall kitchen or cupboard space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint, shelf spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage\"\u003e3 tier wire shelving rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePantry cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood and kitchen storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight, shelf type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kitchen-pantry-cabinet-71-inch-pull-out-shelves-walnut\"\u003eKitchen pantry cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTowel set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTired or mismatched towels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight, sizes, colours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/minimalist-towel-set-3-piece-cotton-12-colours\"\u003eMinimalist towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet, slippery floors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize, non-slip backing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/quick-drying-bath-mat-absorbent-non-slip-oval-semicircle\"\u003eQuick drying bath mat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobot vacuum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily floor cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight, functions, suction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/robot-vacuum-cleaner-3-in-1-sweep-mop-1200pa\"\u003eRobot vacuum cleaner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatio set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNowhere to sit outside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint, materials, cushions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-patio-sectional-set\"\u003eWicker patio sectional set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet cushions and loose tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity, lid, materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/200-gallon-metal-deck-box-lockable-lid-wheels-dark-gray\"\u003eMetal deck box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowels:\u003c\/strong\u003e wash before first use, avoid heavy fabric softener, which reduces absorbency, and dry fully to prevent musty smells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBath mats:\u003c\/strong\u003e shake out and wash regularly, and let them dry flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelving:\u003c\/strong\u003e check bolts and feet now and then, keep shelves level and spread heavy items evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e brush off leaves and dirt, wipe with mild soapy water, and cover or store in bad weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUmbrellas:\u003c\/strong\u003e close them in strong wind and let the canopy dry before folding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobot vacuums:\u003c\/strong\u003e empty the bin, clean the brushes and wipe the sensors as the manual recommends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering kits:\u003c\/strong\u003e check tubes for blockages and clean filters at the start of each season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix tall shelving and cabinets to the wall with anti-tip fittings, especially with children at home. Keep the heaviest items on the lowest shelves. Use propane fire tables outdoors only, with the clearances given in the instructions. Charge battery devices with the supplied cable and on a hard surface. In bathrooms, choose non-slip mats and keep electrical items away from water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Tips from Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure twice.\u003c\/strong\u003e An item that does not fit the space is one of the most common reasons for a return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuy storage before decor.\u003c\/strong\u003e A tidy room looks better than a cluttered room with new ornaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuy towels in sets\u003c\/strong\u003e for a matching look, and choose a colour that suits your tiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the patio as a room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seating, a table, shade and storage together make an outdoor space you will use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRead the product page.\u003c\/strong\u003e Sizes, materials and what is included are listed there. If a detail is missing, ask us before you order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho These Products Suit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRenters often choose freestanding shelving, adhesive shower shelves and no-drill closet shelves. Busy households get the most from a robot vacuum and smart watering. New homeowners usually start with storage and towels. People with a balcony, patio or garden can add seating, shade and a deck box. Gift buyers often pick towel sets, a wine rack or a night light, because they are useful in almost any home. Our home and garden products cover each of these needs in one place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat home and garden products does Easy Life Markets sell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe sell shelving and storage, pantry cabinets, kitchen racks, towels, bath mats, shower heads, bathroom accessories, robot vacuums, sensor lights, patio furniture, umbrellas, deck boxes and plant watering kits. New products are added regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can a shelving unit hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the unit. Each shelving product page lists the load capacity given by the supplier. Spread heavy items across shelves and keep them low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan outdoor furniture stay outside all year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor materials cope with weather better than indoor ones, but covers and storing cushions help them last longer, especially in heavy rain or strong sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich towels are most absorbent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCotton towels with a heavier weight generally absorb more. Washing before first use and avoiding heavy fabric softener also helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill a robot vacuum fit under my sofa?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the robot's height on the product page with the gap under your furniture. Slim models fit under many sofas and beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere can I see the price and availability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on each product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are your shipping and returns policies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e. Our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/faq\"\u003eFAQ page\u003c\/a\u003e answers other common questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShop Home and Garden Products Today\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the range above, filter by type, colour or price, and open any product for its full details. Measure your space, pick the problem you want to solve first, and choose from there. If you need help, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before you order. For larger pieces, see our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"motion-sensor-night-light-led-rotating-stick","title":"Motion Sensor Night Light – Rotating LED Stick Light, Battery or Rechargeable","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMotion Sensor Night Light – Rotating LED Stick Light, Battery or Rechargeable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis motion sensor night light is a slim stick-shaped LED lamp that switches on when someone walks past and off again when they have gone. The lamp section turns on its base so the light can be aimed, the brightness dims smoothly with a long press, and there are three colour temperatures from warm to cool. Easy Life Markets sells it in white or grey, in battery and rechargeable versions, with or without the motion sensor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt has no wires, so it goes where a mains lamp cannot: inside a wardrobe, on a stair wall, under a kitchen cabinet, beside a bed or in a tent. The supplier shows it hung by its loop, stood on a shelf, fixed to a surface and carried in the hand as a torch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × night lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat is the supplier's full packing list. A charging cable, batteries and fixings are not listed in writing. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you need to know what comes with a particular version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRead the option names carefully, because they describe three things at once: sensor or no sensor, colour, and power source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInduction Gray Battery Version:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey, motion sensor, battery powered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInductive White Battery:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, motion sensor, battery powered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInduction White Charging:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, motion sensor, rechargeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdinary Gray Battery Version:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey, no motion sensor, battery powered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdinary White Battery Version:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, no motion sensor, battery powered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdinary White Charging:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, no motion sensor, rechargeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Induction\" is the supplier's word for the motion sensor. The \"Ordinary\" versions are switched by hand only. If you want the light to come on by itself, choose an Induction option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Human body motion sensor on the Induction versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 3 metres, as listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetection angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 100 degrees, as listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lamp section turns on the base, listed as 350 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrightness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stepless dimming with a long press of the button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three levels, warm, neutral and cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e Battery version or USB rechargeable version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang, stand or attach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Supplier Does Not State\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery type.\u003c\/strong\u003e The battery versions do not say which batteries they take or whether any are included. Plan to supply your own and ask us if you need the size beforehand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery capacity and run time\u003c\/strong\u003e on the rechargeable versions. Not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize and weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated. The photos show a lamp that fits in one hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrightness in lumens.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather resistance.\u003c\/strong\u003e None is listed. The supplier mentions camping and outdoor use, so treat that as use under cover and keep it out of rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow long it stays on\u003c\/strong\u003e after movement stops. Not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotation figure.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says 350 degrees and one of its pictures says 360. Either way the lamp turns almost a full circle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Sensor Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSensor lights of this kind normally use a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Passive_infrared_sensor\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epassive infrared sensor\u003c\/a\u003e. It reacts to the warmth of a body moving across its view. That has some practical effects:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt notices someone walking across in front of it more readily than someone walking straight towards it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt needs a clear line of sight. A sensor hidden behind a door frame or a pile of clothes will not trigger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm air from a radiator or a sunny window can set it off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePets can trigger it. Mount it higher if that is a nuisance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany sensor night lights are built to trigger only in the dark. The supplier does not say whether this one has a light sensor, so do not be surprised either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobes and cupboards.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fix it under a shelf facing the door so it lights when you reach in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStairs and hallways.\u003c\/strong\u003e Low on the wall, aimed across the walking line, within 3 metres of where people pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedside.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the warm setting at low brightness so it does not wake you fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChildren's rooms.\u003c\/strong\u003e Out of reach, on the warm setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamping.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang it by its loop inside the tent and use it as a torch on the way back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit batteries or charge the lamp, depending on the version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the button to switch on. Follow the supplier's instructions for changing between the three colour temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the button down to dim or brighten, and let go at the level you like.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the lamp section on its base to aim the light away from your eyes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang, stand or fix it in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a dry cloth. Keep water away from the charging port and battery cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the batteries out of a battery version that will not be used for months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop up a rechargeable version every couple of months in storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the lamp past the end of its rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who gets up in the night and does not want to switch on a ceiling light, households with dark cupboards or stairs, renters who cannot add wiring, and campers who want one light that works at home as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a smart light with an app?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Despite the word \"smart\" in the supplier's name, no app, WiFi or Bluetooth is listed. The sensor is what makes it automatic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the sensor be turned off?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say. If you want manual control only, choose an Ordinary version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich is better, battery or rechargeable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Rechargeable saves buying batteries. Battery versions can be back in use straight after a battery change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it change colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e It changes between warm, neutral and cool white. It is not a multicolour light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Motion Sensor Night Light at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the version above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-atmosphere-lamp-bluetooth-speaker-wireless-charger\"\u003eLED atmosphere lamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wifi-smart-plug-app-voice-control-socket\"\u003eWiFi smart plug\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wifi-door-sensor-tuya-smart-window-contact\"\u003eWiFi door sensor\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/smart-home\"\u003esmart home\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003ehome and garden\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/a5603e3d-ed8e-49d1-93f0-3cbdfad9bc27.jpg\" alt=\"Motion sensor night light fitted inside a wardrobe\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/df36ae59-912f-4139-8abe-0f3065e8c4de_trans.jpg\" alt=\"White stick night light showing the sensor window on the base\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Induction Gray Battery Version","offer_id":46974061117601,"sku":"CJJT187400502BY","price":27.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Induction White Charging","offer_id":46974061150369,"sku":"CJJT187400506FU","price":29.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Inductive White Battery","offer_id":46974061183137,"sku":"CJJT187400504DW","price":28.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ordinary Gray Battery Version","offer_id":46974061215905,"sku":"CJJT187400501AZ","price":29.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ordinary White Battery Version","offer_id":46974061248673,"sku":"CJJT187400503CX","price":27.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ordinary White Charging","offer_id":46974061281441,"sku":"CJJT187400505EV","price":29.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/273fe5d1-fe54-468d-89be-500f7e4c04b5.jpg?v=1788654054"},{"product_id":"robot-vacuum-cleaner-3-in-1-sweep-mop-1200pa","title":"Robot Vacuum Cleaner 3 in 1 – Sweep, Vacuum and Mop, 1200Pa, 68mm Slim","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRobot Vacuum Cleaner 3 in 1 – Sweep, Vacuum and Mop, 1200Pa, 68mm Slim\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis robot vacuum cleaner is a small round machine, 258 mm across and 68 mm high, that sweeps, vacuums and drags a mop cloth in one pass. It starts with one button, steers itself with on-board sensors, and is low enough to go under most beds and sofas. Easy Life Markets sells it in black, grey and white, and also lists a spare battery as a separate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a basic, button-operated cleaner, and it is priced as one. It suits a flat or a couple of rooms with hard floors, where a daily run keeps dust, crumbs and hair from building up between proper cleans. It is not a mapping robot with an app, and the sections below are plain about what it does and does not do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × robot vacuum cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × lithium battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × mop cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × screwdriver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × packing box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo charging dock is listed. The robot is charged with the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, Gray or White:\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete robot in that colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e A spare lithium battery only. This option does not include a robot, which is why its price is lower.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweeping, vacuuming and mopping with a drag cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 Pa, as listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 258 mm diameter, 68 mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 580 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.7 V, 1200 mAh lithium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 70 minutes per charge, as listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharging time:\u003c\/strong\u003e See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning route:\u003c\/strong\u003e Random\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drop avoidance and anti-collision, as listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thresholds up to 10 mm, slopes up to 15 degrees, as listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as under 40 dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody material:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Household, on flat hard floors such as tile, marble and wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Supplier's Figures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharging time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's description says charging takes 100 minutes. Its specification table says up to 3 hours. Plan on the longer figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier quotes 120 to 150 square metres. With a 1200 mAh battery, a 70 minute run and a random route, we would treat that as a best case on open floor. In a furnished home, expect to clean a room or two per charge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNoise.\u003c\/strong\u003e Under 40 dB is the supplier's figure. We have not measured it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNavigation.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text mentions smart path navigation and also lists the route as random. Random is the accurate description. The robot changes direction when its sensors meet an obstacle or an edge. It does not map rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Smart\".\u003c\/strong\u003e No app, WiFi, remote control or scheduling is listed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust bin size.\u003c\/strong\u003e Described as large, with no capacity given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow It Cleans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Robotic_vacuum_cleaner\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003erobotic vacuum cleaner\u003c\/a\u003e of this simple type has side brushes that flick dirt towards a suction opening underneath. The dirt goes into a bin inside the body. With the cloth fitted, the robot drags it behind to wipe up the fine dust the brushes leave. It keeps moving until the battery runs low, changing course as it goes, and over a run it covers most of an open floor several times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mop is a dry or damp wipe. The supplier does not list a water tank, so it will not wash a floor or lift dried-on marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works and Where It Does Not\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks well:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tile, wood, laminate, vinyl and other flat hard floors. Dust, crumbs, pet hair, grit by the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStruggles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carpets and thick rugs. The supplier lists flat floors only, and 1200 Pa is modest suction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThresholds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed for steps up to 10 mm. Higher door bars will stop it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs a gap comfortably over 68 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore Each Run\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up cables, socks, shoelaces and small toys. Anything stringy can wrap round the brushes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the ends of curtains and tassels off the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose doors to rooms you do not want cleaned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the cloth if you want the floor wiped as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the start button and let it run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists drop sensors for stairs. Sensors of this kind can be fooled by dark floors and worn edges, so block the top of a staircase the first few times and see how the robot behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLooking After It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmpty the dust bin after every run. A full bin cuts suction quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull hair off the side brushes and the wheels each week. The small brush in the box helps with this.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the sensor windows underneath with a dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash the mop cloth and let it dry before the next use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge with the supplied cable, on a hard surface, and do not leave it charging overnight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople in small homes with hard floors, pet owners who want hair picked up daily, students and renters, and anyone curious about robot cleaners who wants a simple one before spending more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it return to a charger by itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e No dock is listed. You plug it in with the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there an app?\u003c\/strong\u003e None is listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy a second battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Choose the Battery option. Check that it matches the connector on your robot before fitting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a branded robot?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cleaner from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it clean carpet?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is listed for flat hard floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Robot Vacuum Cleaner at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the colour, or the spare battery, above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wifi-smart-plug-app-voice-control-socket\"\u003eWiFi smart plug\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/motion-sensor-night-light-led-rotating-stick\"\u003eMotion sensor night light\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wifi-water-pump-timer-automatic-drip-irrigation-kit\"\u003eWiFi water pump timer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/smart-home\"\u003esmart home\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003ehome and garden\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1617693875330.jpg\" alt=\"Robot vacuum cleaner in black, top view with side brushes\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/24ef1fac-efad-466f-b77c-9af620691c77.jpg\" alt=\"Spare lithium battery with connector lead\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Battery","offer_id":46974065279137,"sku":"CJXFZNZN00726-Battery","price":26.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":46974065311905,"sku":"CJXFZNZN00726-Black","price":78.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":46974065344673,"sku":"CJXFZNZN00726-Gray","price":78.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":46974065377441,"sku":"CJXFZNZN00726-White","price":78.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1617693875330.jpg?v=1788654314"},{"product_id":"wifi-water-pump-timer-automatic-drip-irrigation-kit","title":"WiFi Water Pump Timer – Automatic Drip Irrigation Kit for Potted Plants, Optional Solar Panel","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWiFi Water Pump Timer – Automatic Drip Irrigation Kit for Potted Plants\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis WiFi water pump timer is a self-contained watering unit for pots and planters. A small pump inside the white control box draws water from a bucket or bottle and pushes it through thin tubing to drip heads in each pot, at times you set on the unit or from a phone. It runs on a rechargeable battery, and one version comes with a solar panel. Easy Life Markets sells it as the irrigator alone or as the solar irrigation device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a tap timer and it does not connect to a garden hose or a sprinkler line. The pump supplies its own pressure, which is why it suits balconies, window sills, greenhouses and indoor plant shelves where there is no tap nearby. Fill a container, set the schedule, and the plants are watered while you are at work or away for a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × watering control unit with built-in pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 × drip irrigation heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapillary tubing, listed as 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 × fixed seats (tube holders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × plugs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × three-way connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × product manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × inspection certificate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolar panel, on the Solar Irrigation Device option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier writes the tubing as \"capillary tube × 10\" without a unit. On kits of this type that normally means 10 metres, but the supplier does not say so. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if the length decides your purchase. A water container and a USB charger are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIrrigator:\u003c\/strong\u003e The control unit and drip kit, charged by USB.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolar Irrigation Device:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same kit with a solar panel to keep the battery topped up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e WiFi timed watering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump output:\u003c\/strong\u003e 550 ml per minute, as listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lithium, 2600 mAh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 to 6 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharging:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB, or solar panel on the solar option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e LCD screen with five buttons, as shown in the supplier's pictures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 × 110 × 40.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking environment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Room temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's pictures show weather and outdoor humidity readings on the screen, and badges for Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant. The written specification does not describe these, so we mention them as shown and do not promise how they work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Supplier Does Not State\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pots it can feed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Eight drip heads are supplied. The supplier gives no maximum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift height and tube run.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated. Small pumps lose flow quickly with height, so keep the water container level with or just below the unit, and keep runs short.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery life per charge.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated. It depends on how long the pump runs each day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather resistance.\u003c\/strong\u003e None is listed, and the working environment is given as room temperature. Keep the control unit under cover and out of rain and frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApp name and WiFi band.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated in the listing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolar panel size and output.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Much Water Will It Give?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed pump rate of 550 ml per minute is shared between all the drip heads. With eight heads fitted, that is roughly 70 ml per pot for each minute of running, before losses in the tubing. A small pot may need under a minute. A large planter may need several. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Drip_irrigation\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDrip irrigation\u003c\/a\u003e works by giving a little water slowly at the roots, so short, regular runs suit it better than one long soak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork out the container size the same way. A two minute run every day uses a little over a litre. A 10 litre bucket would last about nine days at that rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manual gives the exact order for this kit. In outline:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge the unit fully by USB.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay out the pots and cut the tubing to reach each one. Leave some slack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit a filter to the inlet tube and drop it into the water container so it rests near the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the outlet tube along the pots. Use the three-way connector to branch it, and the plugs to close any open end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush a drip head into the tube at each pot and pin it in the soil with a fixed seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet a short test run and watch every head. Adjust until each pot gets its share.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the watering times on the unit, or add it to the app named in the manual and set them there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn the solar option, place the panel where it gets direct sun and connect it to the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTips from Experience with Drip Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo a full test week before you go away. It is the only way to learn the right run time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the water container below the level of the pots if you can. A container above the pots can siphon and empty itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse clean water. Feed and hard-water scale block drip heads over time, so rinse the filters monthly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover the container to keep out leaves, insects and algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut thirsty plants and dry-loving plants on different schedules by hand-watering one group.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain the tubing and bring the unit indoors before frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBalcony and patio gardeners with no outside tap, people with many house plants, greenhouse and seedling growers, and anyone who travels and does not want to ask a neighbour to water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it connect to a tap?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It pumps from a container of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it run a lawn sprinkler?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The pump is sized for drip heads in pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it work without WiFi?\u003c\/strong\u003e The unit has its own screen and buttons for setting times. Phone control needs WiFi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need the solar version?\u003c\/strong\u003e It helps where the unit sits a long way from a socket. Indoors, the USB version is simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a branded product?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded kit from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the WiFi Water Pump Timer at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the standard or solar option above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wifi-smart-plug-app-voice-control-socket\"\u003eWiFi smart plug\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/solar-security-camera-3mp-wifi-4g-outdoor\"\u003eSolar security camera, 3MP\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/robot-vacuum-cleaner-3-in-1-sweep-mop-1200pa\"\u003eRobot vacuum cleaner 3 in 1\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/smart-home\"\u003esmart home\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003ehome and garden\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Irrigator","offer_id":46974074224801,"sku":"CJYD213767301AZ","price":82.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solar Irrigation Device","offer_id":46974074257569,"sku":"CJYD213767302BY","price":85.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8e3b1fe1-2eda-46a6-80b1-087487ac4324.jpg?v=1788655084"},{"product_id":"outdoor-patio-sofa-set-woven-rope-lounge-coffee-table","title":"Outdoor Patio Sofa Set – Woven Lounge Chairs, Sofas and Coffee Table, 9 Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Patio Sofa Set – Woven Lounge Chairs, Sofas and Coffee Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis outdoor patio sofa set is a family of rounded, basket-woven lounge pieces: a single sofa chair, two-seat and three-seat sofas, a round coffee table and a footrest. You can buy one piece or a full group, in nine combinations. Easy Life Markets lists each combination as a separate style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe look is soft and sculptural. Each seat is a deep, egg-shaped shell wrapped in a thick woven strand, with loose seat and back cushions inside, and the coffee table repeats the same weave around a round stone-look top. In the supplier's photos the weave is a pale grey-beige and the cushions are dark grey. The pieces are shown on a terrace and also indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Nine Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe style number decides what you receive. Check it carefully, because the prices differ a great deal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 single sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 double sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 triple sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 footrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 single sofa + 1 footrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 single sofas + 1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 single sofas + 1 double sofa + 1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 single sofas + 1 triple sofa + 1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price shown updates when you choose a style. The first photo on this page shows two single sofas, which is not what every style contains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMillimetres (W × D × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 850 × 700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.5 × 33.5 × 27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofa shown in the diagram\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 × 850 × 700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.9 × 33.5 × 27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 700 × 350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 27.6 × 13.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sofa sizes are not consistent across the supplier's material. The diagram shows one sofa at 1800 mm wide without saying whether it is the double or the triple. Two set photos print 1500 × 800 mm for both the double and the triple sofa, with a height of 100 mm that is plainly a misprint. Until the supplier confirms, treat the double as about 1500 mm wide and the triple as about 1800 mm, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if the exact width decides whether it fits. The footrest size is not given.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor lounge furniture, sold by piece or as a group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic, high-density sponge and alloy, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rattan-style weave\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose seat and back cushions shown on every seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable top:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round, with a grey stone-look surface in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the weave is.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists \"rattan\" as a feature and \"plastic\" as a material. We read that as a synthetic woven strand over an alloy frame, which is the normal construction for outdoor furniture of this kind. It is not natural cane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nothing in the listing states a waterproof or UV rating, and the cushion fabric is not described. Synthetic weave and alloy frames generally cope with being outside. Foam cushions do not like being soaked. Bring cushions in or cover them when it rains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe table top.\u003c\/strong\u003e It looks like stone or sintered stone in the photos. The supplier does not name the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThrow pillows.\u003c\/strong\u003e Some photos show extra scatter cushions on the sofas. The supplier's packing list names only sofas, a coffee table and a footrest, so do not count on the scatter cushions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is no colour option. Photos show a grey-beige weave, with white cushions in one indoor photo and dark grey in the rest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weights, weight limits, frame alloy, cushion cover fabric, whether covers are removable and whether any assembly is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Outdoor Furniture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Garden_furniture\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eGarden furniture\u003c\/a\u003e has to cope with sun, rain and temperature swings that indoor pieces never meet. That is why makers use rust-resistant metal frames and synthetic weaves in place of timber and natural cane, and why seat cushions are made to lift off. The materials listed for this set follow that pattern. How long any outdoor set lasts still depends mostly on how it is looked after.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach single sofa needs a footprint of 850 × 850 mm, and the round shell means it cannot be pushed flat against a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow at least 40 cm between the coffee table and the seats so people can get in and out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle 7, with two chairs and the table, suits a balcony or a small terrace of roughly 2.5 × 2 metres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyles 8 and 9 make a full conversation group and need a patio of about 3 × 3 metres or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe seats are low at 700 mm to the top of the shell, so they sit comfortably below a balcony rail or a window sill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush or hose loose dirt out of the weave, then wash with mild soapy water and a soft brush. Rinse and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use a pressure washer at close range, bleach or solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore cushions dry. Stand them on edge to air if they get wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the table top with a damp cloth. Use coasters and avoid dragging pots across it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn long wet or freezing spells, cover the furniture or move it under shelter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it clear of barbecues, fire pits and patio heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHomeowners, holiday lets, cafés and small hotels looking for a coordinated lounge group with more character than square-framed sets. Single pieces also work in a conservatory or living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one set?\u003c\/strong\u003e It depends on the style. Styles 1 to 5 are single pieces. Styles 6 to 9 are groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the single sofa?\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 × 850 × 700 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre cushions included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Seat and back cushions are shown on every seat. Scatter cushions are not listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it stay outside all year?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no weather rating. Cover it or bring cushions in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is unbranded furniture from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Outdoor Patio Sofa Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your style above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as these are large items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge\"\u003ePumpkin chair with footstool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/429671ec-38f2-4f1e-b4ca-4b39d1aaa05c.jpg\" alt=\"Outdoor patio sofa set with woven lounge chairs, sofa and round coffee table on a terrace\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"1 Style","offer_id":47172939874465,"sku":"CJJT168544901AZ","price":589.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Style","offer_id":47172939907233,"sku":"CJJT168544902BY","price":1184.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Style","offer_id":47172939940001,"sku":"CJJT168544903CX","price":1437.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Style","offer_id":47172939972769,"sku":"CJJT168544904DW","price":329.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Style","offer_id":47172940005537,"sku":"CJJT168544905EV","price":281.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Style","offer_id":47172940038305,"sku":"CJJT168544906FU","price":736.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 Style","offer_id":47172940071073,"sku":"CJJT168544907GT","price":1036.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Style","offer_id":47172940103841,"sku":"CJJT168544908HS","price":1894.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9 Style","offer_id":47172940136609,"sku":"CJJT168544909IR","price":2228.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4bcf193b-24de-4db8-abce-424c9eaa1370.jpg?v=1789084942"},{"product_id":"wave-wine-rack-aluminium-countertop-bottle-holder","title":"Wave Wine Rack – Aluminium Countertop Bottle Holder and Decorative Shelf, 4 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWave Wine Rack – Aluminium Countertop Bottle Holder, 4 Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wave wine rack is a single ribbon of powder-coated aluminium bent into a continuous S-curve, which cradles bottles in its bends. It measures about 167 × 150 × 302 mm and the metal is 3 mm thick. Easy Life Markets sells it in black, white, green and a blue-green the supplier calls postman green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is as much an ornament as a rack. Empty, it reads as a piece of small sculpture on a sideboard or shelf. In use, a bottle lies in each curve, and the supplier's photos show it both standing tall and lying on its side with a bottle resting in a bend. At about 30 cm it is a countertop piece for a few bottles, a couple of rolled hand towels or a short stack of magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. The rack is a single formed piece of metal, so there is nothing to assemble. Bottles and the props in the photos are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMillimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e167\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e302\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier notes that its measurements may be slightly out. The weight and the number of bottles it is meant to hold are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding countertop wine rack and decorative shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nordic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Green, Postman green, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Four Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack:\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite:\u003c\/strong\u003e A warm cream-white in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen:\u003c\/strong\u003e A dark olive or moss green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePostman green:\u003c\/strong\u003e A deep blue-green, close to teal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreens show colour differently, so treat the photos as a guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is small.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called this a storage shelf and bookshelf. At 30 cm tall and 15 cm wide it will not hold books in the usual sense. It is a tabletop rack and ornament.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Slightly flawed\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's own specification describes a moss green rack as \"slightly flawed\" stock. It does not explain what the flaw is or whether the note applies to every colour. If you are ordering the green and a perfect finish matters, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e first so we can ask the supplier. We would sooner tell you than have you find out on arrival.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottle capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no number. The shape has three curves, and the photos show one standard bottle lying in a curve. Heavy or oversized bottles, such as sparkling wine or magnums, may not sit safely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability.\u003c\/strong\u003e A narrow rack with weight high up can tip. Load the lowest curve first and unload from the top. Keep it away from the edge of a counter and out of reach of small children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, bottle capacity and whether the base has protective pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Powder_coating\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePowder coating\u003c\/a\u003e is a dry finishing process. Fine pigment powder is sprayed on to the metal with an electrostatic charge and then baked, so it melts into a smooth, hard skin. It is tougher than ordinary paint and is used on everything from bicycle frames to garden furniture. Aluminium underneath does not rust, which makes the combination a sensible one for a kitchen. The coating can still chip if the rack is dropped or knocked hard against stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWine rack:\u003c\/strong\u003e On a sideboard, bar cart or kitchen counter, with bottles lying on their sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowel holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e With rolled hand towels or flannels in a bathroom or guest room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine or record stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a few magazines or small items leaning in the curves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrnament:\u003c\/strong\u003e Left empty on a shelf or console as a piece of sculpture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore wine away from direct sunlight, ovens and radiators. A rack on a sunny windowsill or next to a hob is a poor place to keep a good bottle for long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStoring Wine on Its Side\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWine sealed with a natural cork is traditionally kept lying down, so the cork stays in contact with the wine and does not dry out. A rack like this does that for the few bottles you plan to open soon. It is a serving and display rack, not a cellar. Keep it somewhere cool and shaded, and move anything you intend to keep for years to proper storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a soft, damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use scouring pads or abrasive cleaners, which dull a powder-coated surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStick small felt or silicone pads under the base if you want to protect a stone, glass or lacquered surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the rack to move it, and take the bottles out first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid knocks from glass bottles when loading. Lower them in gently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople who keep a few bottles on show and want something better looking than a wire rack, and anyone after a small modern ornament with a practical side. It makes a neat housewarming present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 167 × 150 × 302 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bottles does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say. The shape has three curves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a bookshelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a small countertop rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is \"postman green\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e A deep blue-green, close to teal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded rack from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Wave Wine Rack at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard\"\u003eBuffet cabinet with glass doors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/counter-height-bar-stools-set-of-3-white-25-inch\"\u003eCounter height bar stools\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-decor\"\u003ehome decor\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1615880963411.jpg\" alt=\"Wave wine rack in black lying on its side with a bottle resting in a curve\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173010555041,"sku":"CJJT104394903CX","price":126.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":47173010587809,"sku":"CJJT104394901AZ","price":126.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Postman green","offer_id":47173010620577,"sku":"CJJT104394904DW","price":125.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":47173010653345,"sku":"CJJT104394902BY","price":126.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1615880954003.jpg?v=1789086753"},{"product_id":"buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard","title":"Buffet Cabinet with Glass Doors – White Storage Sideboard with Drawer, 28 x 15 x 38 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBuffet Cabinet with Glass Doors – White Storage Sideboard with Drawer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis buffet cabinet with glass doors is a white, freestanding storage cabinet with two glazed doors above a full-width drawer, standing on turned feet. It measures 27.95 inches wide, 14.96 inches deep and 38 inches high, and is made of MDF and glass. Easy Life Markets sells it in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a small, upright piece that does several jobs. In a dining room it holds plates and glasses where you can see them. In a living room it becomes a display cabinet for books and ornaments. In a hallway it gives you a top for keys and a lamp, with shoes or bags behind the doors. The doors have a grid of glazing bars, which gives it a cottage or country look, and the supplier's photos show it beside a window with a plant on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a parts list. It states that the cabinet needs assembling, that detailed instructions are in the package, and that assembly takes an adult about one to two hours. The package measures 37.80 × 17.91 × 7.48 inches and weighs 53.90 lb (24.4 kg), so it is a flat-pack carton that one person can move with care and two can carry easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled cabinet weighs 48.40 lb (22 kg). Internal shelf sizes, drawer dimensions and weight limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding buffet, sideboard or display cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF and glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, glazed, with a grid of glazing bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Labelled toughened glass in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cupboard with an adjustable shelf, plus one drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turned feet, labelled \"solid wood base\" in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e White paint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist, modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W2557P189574\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInside the Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBehind the doors, the supplier's photos show a fixed space at the top and an adjustable shelf that divides the rest, which the supplier describes as two storage rooms. You can move the shelf to suit tall bottles and vases or shorter stacks of plates. The drawer below runs the full width and is shown holding stationery and glasses cases. It is the place for cutlery, table linen, candles or the things that otherwise clutter a hall table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is MDF, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is painted medium-density fibreboard. Only the feet are labelled as solid wood, and only in a photo caption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier claims MDF \"won't be affected with damp\". We do not repeat that claim. Painted MDF resists the odd splash, but if water gets into an edge or a chip the board swells. Keep this cabinet out of bathrooms and away from steam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says UV paint and one photo says NC paint. Both are common furniture lacquers. We cannot tell you which was used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is narrow.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 71 cm wide this is a compact cabinet, closer to a small cupboard than to a full dining sideboard. Check the width against your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf and top load limits, internal dimensions, drawer runner type and whether a wall-fixing kit is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cupboards and Buffets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Cupboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecupboard\u003c\/a\u003e began as exactly what the name says: a board for displaying cups and plates. Doors and drawers came later. A buffet or sideboard is the dining-room branch of the same family, a waist-high cabinet for serving from and storing tableware in. This cabinet sits between the two. It is taller and narrower than a classic sideboard, with glass doors that keep the display tradition going while keeping the dust off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDining room or kitchen:\u003c\/strong\u003e For everyday plates, bowls and glasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a small bookcase or display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHallway or entryway:\u003c\/strong\u003e For shoes, bags and post, with a lamp on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome office:\u003c\/strong\u003e For files and supplies behind doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave room for the doors to swing open. Each is about 35 cm wide, so allow that much clear space in front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the cabinet to the wall with a furniture strap or bracket, especially in a home with children. A tall, narrow cabinet with a loaded upper shelf can tip if a child pulls on an open door or climbs the drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the heaviest items on the bottom and in the drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level floor. On an uneven floor the doors may not line up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe painted surfaces with a slightly damp cloth and dry them straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the glass with a little glass cleaner on a cloth. Do not spray it directly, as liquid runs into the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive pads and solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten hinges and knobs when they work loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller homes and flats that need display and storage in one compact piece, and anyone who likes a light, country-style look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.95 × 14.96 × 38 inches, or about 71 × 38 × 96.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier estimates one to two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelf adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is painted MDF with glass doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Buffet Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wave-wine-rack-aluminium-countertop-bottle-holder\"\u003eWave wine rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/farmhouse-console-table-63-inch-hidden-storage-brown\"\u003eFarmhouse console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1881544529925115904.jpg\" alt=\"Buffet cabinet with glass doors in white with drawer and turned feet\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47173010948257,"sku":"CJFU222357701AZ","price":202.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1881544529925115904.jpg?v=1789086884"},{"product_id":"3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage","title":"3 Tier Wire Shelving Rack – Compact Chrome Storage Shelf, 30 x 30 x 60 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3 Tier Wire Shelving Rack – Compact Chrome Storage Shelf, 30 × 30 × 60 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 3 tier wire shelving rack is a small, square, chrome-finished metal shelf unit measuring 11.81 × 11.81 × 23.62 inches (30 × 30 × 60 cm). It has three open wire shelves on four posts with levelling feet, and the supplier rates each shelf at 66.14 lb (30 kg). Easy Life Markets sells it in silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the kind of rack that fits where nothing else will: on a worktop, in the gap beside a washing machine, inside a cupboard or in the corner of a bathroom. The open wire lets air move and lets you see what is on each shelf, and a 30 cm square footprint takes up about as much room as a kitchen bin. The supplier's photos show it on a kitchen counter loaded with spice jars and bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. Wire shelving of this type comes as posts, shelves, plastic shelf clips and feet, and is put together by hand. The supplier says it is easy to assemble with no power tools. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the contents confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.81\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.81\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.62\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack weighs 11.02 lb (5 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-shelf freestanding wire rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal wire and posts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity per shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66.14 lb (30 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-in levelling feet, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required, without power tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's description says each shelf holds \"up to 70 lbs\" and its specification says 66.14 lb (30 kg). We quote the lower, more exact figure. Either way it means weight spread evenly over the shelf, with the rack standing level. We have not tested it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"NSF certified\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text makes this claim. We have not seen a certificate or a listing number for this rack, so we do not claim any certification for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the chrome finish resists rust and corrosion. Chrome wire copes well with a kitchen or laundry room. In a wet shower area or left standing in water, any plated wire shelf will eventually rust at the welds and cut ends. Dry it if it gets wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall items fall through.\u003c\/strong\u003e Wire shelves have gaps. Narrow bottles, pens and small jars can tip or drop through, so use a tray or liner for those.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is small.\u003c\/strong\u003e Sixty centimetres is knee to thigh height. This is a countertop or under-counter rack, not a full-height shelving unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wire gauge, post diameter, shelf spacing and whether the shelf heights can be changed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bright silver surface is \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Chrome_plating\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003echrome plating\u003c\/a\u003e, a thin layer of chromium deposited on the steel. It gives the mirror shine and a hard surface that wipes clean, which is why it is the usual finish for kitchen racks and bathroom fittings. The layer is thin, so a deep scratch can expose the steel beneath, and that is where rust starts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Fits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen worktop:\u003c\/strong\u003e For spices, oils, jars and tins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePantry or cupboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e To add shelves inside a tall space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaundry room:\u003c\/strong\u003e For detergents and pegs in the gap beside a machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e For towels and toiletries, away from direct spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobe or closet:\u003c\/strong\u003e For shoes, bags and folded clothes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage or workshop bench:\u003c\/strong\u003e For paint tins, sprays and small tool cases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay out the parts and check you have clips for every shelf position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap a pair of clips on to each post at the same height, starting with the bottom shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the shelf down over the clips until it seats. A firm push or a tap with the heel of your hand is usually enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepeat for the other shelves, then screw in the feet and adjust them until the rack stands without rocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the heaviest things on the bottom shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth and a little washing-up liquid, then dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use scouring pads or bleach on chrome.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry the rack after cleaning, and do not leave wet cloths hanging on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf a spot of rust appears, clean and dry it early.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the rack is still level if you move it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone short of shelf space in a kitchen, bathroom, laundry or cupboard who wants a quick, inexpensive fix that needs no drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 × 30 × 60 cm, or 11.81 × 11.81 × 23.62 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 66.14 lb (30 kg), according to the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says no power tools are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, away from direct water. Dry it if it gets wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded rack from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 3 Tier Wire Shelving Rack at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wire-shelving-unit-62-9-inch-adjustable-3-bay-11-shelves\"\u003eWire shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-tier-garage-shelving-unit-40-inch-steel-mdf\"\u003e4 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wave-wine-rack-aluminium-countertop-bottle-holder\"\u003eWave wine rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/aa4992e9-0c7a-4873-822f-f6f7c3092d98.jpg\" alt=\"3 tier wire shelving rack in chrome holding spice jars and bottles in a kitchen\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":47173011374241,"sku":"CJCJ282566401AZ","price":60.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/aa4992e9-0c7a-4873-822f-f6f7c3092d98.jpg?v=1789087014"},{"product_id":"wire-shelving-unit-62-9-inch-adjustable-3-bay-11-shelves","title":"Wire Shelving Unit – 62.9 Inch Wide Adjustable 3-Bay Rack with 11 Shelves, Silver","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Shelving Unit – 62.9 Inch Wide Adjustable Rack with 11 Shelves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wire shelving unit is a wide, three-bay metal rack measuring 62.9 inches across, 13.78 inches deep and 59.06 inches high (about 159 × 35 × 150 cm). It has eleven adjustable wire shelves on carbon steel posts with levelling feet, and it can also be built as two separate towers. Easy Life Markets sells it in silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost wire racks are a single column. This one gives you a wall of storage in one purchase: two tall five-shelf towers joined by a set of bridging shelves in the middle. The supplier's photos show it in a kitchen carrying a microwave, a coffee machine, baskets and crates. It suits a pantry, a garage, a utility room or a shop stockroom just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × storage rack, supplied in parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists one storage rack. The photos show posts, wire shelves, plastic clips with tapered sleeves and levelling feet. The assembly diagram shows a rubber mallet being used to seat the shelves. The supplier does not say that a mallet is included, so have one to hand or use a block of wood and a hammer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width, three bays joined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach tower, built separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.7 × 13.8 × 59\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 35 × 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the rack and a load figure per shelf are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-bay freestanding wire shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbon steel wire and posts, with a coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eleven\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-in levelling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayouts:\u003c\/strong\u003e One joined unit, or two separate towers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo Ways to Build It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoined, as one wide unit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two towers stand apart and the remaining shelves bridge the gap between them. This gives the full 62.9 inch width and an open centre bay for tall or awkward items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit, as two towers.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each tower stands on its own at about 21.7 inches wide. This suits two rooms, or two narrow gaps either side of a door or an appliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the shelves clip to the posts at any marked height, you can set the spacing around what you own: tall for a stand mixer or storage crates, close together for tins and jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"NSF certified\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text and one photo use this phrase and show a logo. We have not seen a certificate or a listing number for this rack, so we do not claim any certification for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Heavy duty\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls the rack heavy duty and commercial grade and gives no load figure. Without a number, treat it as a domestic storage rack. Put heavy things low and spread the weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe centre bay.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the joined layout the middle shelves hang between the two towers. The unit is at its most stable with every shelf fitted and the towers standing on a level floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire shelves have gaps.\u003c\/strong\u003e Small bottles and jars can tip. Use liners or trays where needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the coating is scratch resistant. Coated steel wire copes with a kitchen or garage. It will rust in time if kept wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Load per shelf, total load, rack weight, wire and post gauge and whether a mallet or wall fixings are supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe posts and wire are \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Carbon_steel\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecarbon steel\u003c\/a\u003e, the ordinary structural steel used for most shelving, tools and building products. It is strong and inexpensive, and on its own it rusts, which is why it is always plated or coated. On a wire rack the weak points are the welds and the cut ends of the wire. Keeping those dry is the single most useful thing you can do for its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecide on the layout first and mark the shelf heights on the posts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit each pair of clips with the top arrow pointing up, as the supplier's diagram shows, and make sure all four clips for a shelf sit in the same groove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the shelf over the clips and tap each corner down until it seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild from the bottom shelf upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the feet until the rack stands level and does not rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor a tall, loaded rack, fix the top to the wall with a strap or bracket, especially around children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth and mild detergent, then dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid scouring pads and bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not climb on the shelves or use the rack as a ladder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the clips and feet from time to time, and after moving the rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholds that need a lot of open storage in a kitchen, pantry, garage or utility room, and small businesses fitting out a storeroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 62.9 inches, about 159 cm, as one joined unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be two racks?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It can be built as two separate towers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves?\u003c\/strong\u003e Eleven in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the load per shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not give a figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded rack from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Wire Shelving Unit at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage\"\u003e3 tier wire shelving rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-garage-shelving-unit-72-inch-adjustable-steel\"\u003e5 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eHeavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0f3e99ee-b754-4a5a-90de-caefcebba5a5.jpg\" alt=\"Wire shelving unit with three bays holding kitchen appliances and baskets\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":47173011865761,"sku":"CJFU264161301AZ","price":118.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0f3e99ee-b754-4a5a-90de-caefcebba5a5.jpg?v=1789087152"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch","title":"Heavy Duty Shelving Unit – 5-Tier Steel Rack with MDF Boards, 36 x 18 x 72 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty Shelving Unit – 5-Tier Steel Rack with MDF Boards, 72 Inch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heavy duty shelving unit is a five-shelf boltless rack with a black steel frame and MDF shelf boards, measuring 36 inches wide, 18 inches deep and 72 inches high. The supplier rates it at 400 lb per shelf and 2,000 lb in total. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a general-purpose storage rack for a garage, basement, pantry or utility room. The shelves are flat boards, so small tins, jars and loose items sit level and nothing drops through, which is the practical difference between this and a wire-deck rack. The shelf spacing adjusts in small steps, and the supplier's photos show it holding oil containers, a hose reel, a tool box and a spare wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Brand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this rack under the VEVOR name, and the VEVOR logo appears on the supplier's photos. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for the brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier provides no written packing list. The specification photo shows the rack with a rubber mallet and a pair of work gloves, and another photo shows anti-tipping brackets. We read those as included accessories, but the supplier does not confirm it in words. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if it matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e182.88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf adjustment step\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack weighs 43 lb (19.5 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five-shelf freestanding boltless rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPCC carbon steel with powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five MDF boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb (181.4 kg) per shelf, 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable in 1.5 inch (38 mm) steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-tipping brackets shown in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black frame with wood-coloured boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe load figures.\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb per shelf is the supplier's rating. It assumes the weight is spread evenly over the whole board, the rack is correctly assembled and it stands on a hard, level floor. We have not tested it. The rack weighs 19.5 kg, so use sensible margins, keep the heaviest items low and never pile a big load in the middle of a board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMDF and damp.\u003c\/strong\u003e The boards are MDF, a wood-fibre board. It is strong when dry and swells if it gets wet. The original title lists bathroom and laundry among the uses. We would keep it in dry rooms, and stand liquids in trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Rust-proof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e A supplier photo calls the coating rust-proof and scratch-resistant. Powder coating protects steel well. It is not proof against chips, and bare steel will rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing colour is black, which describes the frame. The shelf boards in the photos are a plain wood-fibre brown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Board thickness, steel thickness, package size and a written list of accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout MDF Boards\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Medium-density_fibreboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eMedium-density fibreboard\u003c\/a\u003e is made by pressing wood fibres and resin into dense, flat sheets. On a storage rack it gives a smooth, continuous surface that spreads a load across the steel beams beneath. It is heavier and flatter than plywood of the same thickness and has no grain to split along. Its one real weakness is moisture, which is why garages with damp floors or leaking roofs are hard on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluids, tools, car care kit and seasonal items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasement or storeroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boxes, luggage and bulk supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePantry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tins, jars and small appliances on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power tools and parts bins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShop or office stockroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cartons and files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a floor space of about 90 × 45 cm and a clear height of at least 185 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear gloves. Pressed steel has sharp edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook the beams into the keyhole slots at the heights you want, using the same slot on every upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap each beam down with a rubber mallet until its tabs are fully seated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the frame up with a helper and drop the boards in from the bottom shelf upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the anti-tipping brackets to the wall before loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad from the bottom up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame with a dry or slightly damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the boards dry and wipe up spills at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chipped coating to stop rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the beams are still seated after moving the rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not climb on the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholders and small businesses who want tall, flat-shelved storage that goes together without bolts and can be reset as needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 × 18 × 72 inches (W × D × H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the shelves made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF boards on a steel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb per shelf, evenly spread, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shelves be moved?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, in 1.5 inch steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brand is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists it as VEVOR. See the brand note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Heavy Duty Shelving Unit at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-garage-shelving-unit-72-inch-adjustable-steel\"\u003e5 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-tier-garage-shelving-unit-40-inch-steel-mdf\"\u003e4 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wire-shelving-unit-62-9-inch-adjustable-3-bay-11-shelves\"\u003eWire shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4d0b5960-b073-48a6-9c92-c00709888d4e.jpg\" alt=\"Heavy duty shelving unit with five MDF shelves holding tools in a garage\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173023203489,"sku":"CJJT234580101AZ","price":84.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/150eeb8e-52b3-4e1c-bf4d-f444314b2718.jpg?v=1789088013"},{"product_id":"kitchen-pantry-cabinet-71-inch-pull-out-shelves-walnut","title":"Kitchen Pantry Cabinet – 71 Inch Storage Cabinet with Pull-Out Shelves, Walnut","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKitchen Pantry Cabinet – 71 Inch Storage Cabinet with Pull-Out Shelves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kitchen pantry cabinet is a tall, walnut-finish storage unit with a full-height pull-out shelf tower on the left, glass-fronted cupboards at the top, an open appliance bay in the middle and a lower cupboard fitted with pull-out organisers. It measures 43.31 inches wide, 15.75 inches deep and 70.87 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in walnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is close to a fitted larder in one freestanding piece. The slim tower on the left slides out on rollers to show seven tiers of narrow shelves, the sort of space that suits tins, jars, bottles and spice racks. The main section gives you somewhere to stand a microwave and a coffee machine at working height, closed storage above for plates and glasses, and slide-out trays below for pots and pans. The supplier's photos show it in a kitchen-diner with all of that in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as a combination item sent in two packages, weighing 112.44 lb (51 kg) and 74.96 lb (34 kg). It notes that the two packages may arrive at different times. The cabinet is flat-packed and needs assembling. The supplier does not list the tools or the number of parts, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want those before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.87\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpacing between pull-out tower shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 8.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 22.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled cabinet weighs 176.37 lb (80 kg). Internal cupboard sizes, the size of the appliance bay and shelf load limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding pantry and kitchen storage cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm particle board with a 3 mm MDF back, melamine finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeft section:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full-height pull-out tower with seven tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpper right:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two glazed doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMiddle right:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open shelves for appliances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower right:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two doors with two pull-out organisers on ball-bearing slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W331S00182\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Storage Is Laid Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe pull-out tower.\u003c\/strong\u003e One tall front panel with a handle. Pull it and the whole column of shelves rolls out, so nothing is lost at the back. The supplier counts seven layers of storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe glazed cupboards.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two doors with ribbed glass in the photos. Contents are visible as shapes without being fully on show.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe open bay.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two open shelves, shown holding a microwave and a coffee machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe base cupboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e Behind two panelled doors the supplier fits two expandable pull-out organisers on full-extension slides, for pots, pans and heavier items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is board, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier states 15 mm particle board with a melamine surface. The walnut grain is a printed finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"4 doors\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's name says four doors. The photos show two glazed doors and two lower doors, plus the tall front of the pull-out tower.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppliances and power.\u003c\/strong\u003e No cable hole or socket is mentioned. If you stand a microwave or coffee machine in the open bay, check the bay size with us, leave ventilation space as the appliance maker requires and plan where the lead will run. No shelf load is stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 80 kg empty, this is heavy. Decide where it goes before you build it, and build it in that room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf load limits, appliance bay dimensions, package dimensions, glass type and whether a wall-fixing kit is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Pantries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Pantry\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epantry\u003c\/a\u003e was originally a separate room for storing bread and dry food, kept apart from the heat of the kitchen. Few modern homes have the space, so the idea has shrunk into tall cabinets. The principle is the same. Dry goods keep best somewhere cool, dark and dry, and they are used more and wasted less when you can see them. Narrow pull-out shelves do that job better than deep fixed ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou need a wall space of at least 110 cm and a ceiling clearance above 180 cm. Check for coving, pipes and light fittings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe pull-out tower needs clear floor in front equal to its depth, about 40 cm, plus room for you to stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe lower doors and organisers need the same space to open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tall cabinet has to be stood upright after assembly. If it is built lying down, the diagonal is longer than the height, so a ceiling of about 185 cm or more is needed to tip it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level, hard floor. Rollers and slides do not run well if the cabinet is twisted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the cabinet to the wall. A tall unit with a loaded pull-out tower extended can tip forward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen one pull-out at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the heaviest items low down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children hang on the doors or climb the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe melamine surfaces with a damp cloth and dry them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMop up spills quickly, especially at the edges of boards, where water can get in and swell the core.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the glass with a cloth, not a direct spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the slides and rollers free of crumbs and grit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive pads and solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitchens without a larder, open-plan kitchen-diners that need a coffee station with storage, and households that buy in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 43.31 × 15.75 × 70.87 inches, or about 110 × 40 × 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It arrives flat-packed in two packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a microwave go in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show one in the open bay. Check the bay size and load with us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is particle board with a walnut melamine finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Kitchen Pantry Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large and heavy item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard\"\u003eBuffet cabinet with glass doors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage\"\u003e3 tier wire shelving rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b680115b-5d6a-4588-ab2d-d9033f165407.jpg\" alt=\"Kitchen pantry cabinet in walnut finish with glass doors and open appliance shelves\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":47173040734369,"sku":"CJJT25924270001","price":576.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b680115b-5d6a-4588-ab2d-d9033f165407.jpg?v=1789088494"},{"product_id":"rattan-storage-bench-outdoor-deck-box-seat-cushion-brown","title":"Rattan Storage Bench – Outdoor PE Rattan Deck Box Seat with Cushion, Listed as 70 Gal, Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRattan Storage Bench – Outdoor Deck Box Seat with Cushion\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rattan storage bench is a two-seat outdoor bench with a box underneath: lift the seat and you have somewhere to keep cushions, garden gloves, pool toys or a hose out of sight. It has a PE rattan weave over an alloy steel frame, a backrest and armrests, a 2.8 inch seat cushion, and gas support rods that hold the lid up while you reach in. Easy Life Markets sells it in the colour the supplier lists as brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePatios, balconies and porches tend to collect clutter because there is nowhere to put it. A storage bench does two jobs in the space of one: it gives you a place to sit with a coffee and a place to hide the things you would otherwise trip over. The supplier's photos show a couple reading side by side on it in a garden, and an adult and a child sitting on it on a balcony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bench arrives flat and needs putting together. The supplier's photos show an installation guide in six steps, a hex key and a small spanner. You fit the side panels to the front and back, add the bottom panel, attach the lid and its gas struts, fix the backrest and place the cushion. The supplier does not give an assembly time. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the parts list confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor storage bench, two seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeave:\u003c\/strong\u003e PE rattan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy steel, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hinged seat lid held open by pneumatic support rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 inch (about 7 cm) sponge filling with a removable, washable polyester cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal storage size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 × 44.4 × 10.2 in (46 × 113 × 25 cm), as stated by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 265 lb (about 120 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJYL26186840001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe 70 gallon figure.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says 70 gallons. The internal measurements the supplier gives, 18 × 44.4 × 10.2 inches, work out to roughly 35 gallons. One of those figures is wrong, and we cannot tell which. If capacity matters, plan around the measurements rather than the gallon number, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need it checked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is listed as brown. In the supplier's photos the weave is a light, natural tan with a cream cushion, closer to honey than chocolate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Waterproof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The old title used the word. A woven bench with a hinged lid is not a sealed box. Rain can get through the weave and around the lid, so keep anything that must stay dry in a bag or plastic tub inside it, and bring the cushion in when it rains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather resistance.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the PE rattan resists cracking and fading. That is typical of synthetic wicker, though strong sun will still dull any colour over the years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Overall external dimensions, seat height, bench weight and the size of the packed carton.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy PE Rattan Works Outdoors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Wicker\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewicker\u003c\/a\u003e is a weaving technique, not a material, and it was originally done with natural cane, willow or rattan. Those fibres look lovely but dry out, split and go mouldy when left outside. PE rattan is a polyethylene strip woven in the same way. It keeps the look but copes far better with rain and sun, which is why almost all outdoor wicker furniture now uses it. Wrapped around a steel frame, it gives a light bench that is still firm enough to sit on every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Well\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBy the back door\u003c\/strong\u003e for garden shoes, gloves and small tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOn a balcony\u003c\/strong\u003e, where it may be the only storage you have.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a pool or hot tub\u003c\/strong\u003e for towels and floats, taken out when dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOn a covered porch\u003c\/strong\u003e for seat cushions from the rest of your outdoor furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a conservatory or hallway\u003c\/strong\u003e, if you like the look indoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing It Safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level surface so the lid closes square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet the gas struts do the work. Do not force the lid past its open position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep within the stated 265 lb on the seat. It is a bench for two adults of average build, not for standing on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children climb inside or play with the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare Through the Seasons\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush loose dirt out of the weave and wipe it with mild soapy water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip and wash the cushion cover as needed, following the care label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the cushion indoors in wet weather and over winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the screws and strut fixings at the start of each season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA breathable furniture cover helps it last longer if it stays out all year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the spot where the bench will stand and allow room in front of it for the lid to swing up and for you to lean in. The supplier does not give the outside size, only the storage space inside, so if the fit is tight, ask us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall gardens and balconies that need seating and storage in one piece, families with a pile of outdoor toys, and anyone tired of carrying cushions back into the house every evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people does it seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it keep things completely dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Treat it as covered storage, not a sealed box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lid stay open on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Pneumatic support rods hold it up and help prevent pinched fingers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded bench from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Rattan Storage Bench at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/200-gallon-metal-deck-box-lockable-lid-wheels-dark-gray\"\u003e200 gallon metal deck box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-chaise-lounge-outdoor-pe-rattan-wheels-gray\"\u003eWicker chaise lounge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-patio-sectional-set\"\u003eWicker patio sectional set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6b866d9f-77d7-4175-9126-6cbf56f7492b.jpg\" alt=\"Rattan storage bench in natural tan weave with cream cushion and the lid shown open\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47173096865953,"sku":"CJYL26186840001","price":116.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6b866d9f-77d7-4175-9126-6cbf56f7492b.jpg?v=1789091801"},{"product_id":"200-gallon-metal-deck-box-lockable-lid-wheels-dark-gray","title":"200 Gallon Metal Deck Box – Outdoor Storage Box with Lockable Lid for Patio Cushions, Garden Tools and Pool Supplies, Dark Gray","description":"\u003ch2\u003e200 Gallon Metal Deck Box – Lockable Outdoor Storage, Dark Gray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 200 gallon metal deck box is a large, dark gray outdoor storage chest with galvanized steel panels and lid, a plastic base and handles, and a lid that lifts on gas struts. It measures 54.3 inches long, 29.8 inches wide and 33.9 inches high, and it has a hasp for your own padlock, two side handles and wheels for moving it. Easy Life Markets sells it in dark gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA deck box this size swallows the things that otherwise end up in the shed or the garage: a full set of patio cushions, a folded parasol, pool noodles and floats, a robot mower, garden tools and bags of compost. The supplier's photos show it on a timber deck, on a stone patio by a pool and in a garden corner, packed with cushions, balls and toys, with the lid standing open on its struts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes it as a single-box product. The packed carton is 35.04 × 8.66 × 30.31 inches and weighs 63 lb, so the deck box comes flat and is assembled at home. A padlock is not shown as included. The supplier does not list the hardware or tools, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want that confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e138\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth (depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.04 × 8.66 × 30.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 × 22 × 77\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the external sizes from the supplier's specification and dimension photo. Internal sizes are not given.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor deck box and storage chest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid and panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase and handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gas strut for easy lifting and a soft close, with a reinforced crossbar, according to the supplier's photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hasp for a padlock (padlock not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoving:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two side handles and wheels, as shown in the supplier's photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU28240210001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Brand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's dimension photo carries a \"domi\" logo. The supplier does not name a brand in its specification, so we sell it under a generic title. We are passing on what the photos show. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for any brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Waterproof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's title and photos use the word. A deck box with a hinged lid should keep out most rain from above, but the lid seal is not described, and wind-driven rain or standing water around the base can still get in. Keep electronics, paper and anything valuable in a sealed tub inside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSitting on it.\u003c\/strong\u003e A supplier photo shows a child sitting on the lid and quotes \"440 lbs max weight capacity\" for use as an extra seat or table. That figure is the supplier's. We suggest treating it as an occasional perch, not a bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Lockable\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The hasp lets you fit a padlock to deter casual opening. It is not a safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel thickness, internal dimensions, the number and size of the wheels, and the hardware included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Galvanized Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBare steel rusts quickly outdoors. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Galvanization\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eGalvanization\u003c\/a\u003e coats steel with zinc, which corrodes far more slowly and protects the steel underneath even where the coating is lightly scratched. That is why it is used for fencing, sheds and bins. Here it is combined with a dark gray finish and a plastic base, so the part that sits on the wet ground is not metal at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlacing and Using It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow about 30 inches of clear space above the box so the lid can open fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a firm, level surface such as paving or decking, so the lid closes square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not put it hard against a house wall under a gutter outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut heavy items at the bottom and light cushions on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep children from climbing inside, and keep the padlock key away from them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not store fuel, gas bottles or chemicals in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash it down with mild soapy water and rinse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chips in the finish so the steel underneath stays protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the lid on a dry day now and then to air the contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear leaves from the lid and around the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the strut and hinge fixings each spring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the route from the delivery point to the garden. The flat carton is about 89 cm long and 77 cm high, and it weighs 63 lb, so two people make carrying it easier. Once assembled, the box is a little over 138 cm long, so measure the space and leave room behind it for the lid to open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePool owners, families with lots of outdoor toys, and anyone with a full set of patio cushions and no shed to keep them in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 54.3 × 29.8 × 33.9 inches, about 138 × 76 × 86 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a hasp for a padlock. The padlock is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it hard to move?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 55 lb empty and has side handles and wheels. Move it empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e A \"domi\" logo appears in the photos, but the supplier lists no brand. See the brand note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 200 Gallon Metal Deck Box at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-storage-bench-outdoor-deck-box-seat-cushion-brown\"\u003eRattan storage bench\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/propane-fire-pit-table-56-inch-rectangular-50000-btu-dark-grey\"\u003ePropane fire pit table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-garage-storage-cabinet-71-inch-wheels-lockable\"\u003eMetal garage storage cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/fe369ad8-1b63-4c2f-b4b9-6debd5f7e942.jpg\" alt=\"200 gallon metal deck box in dark gray with the lid open and filled with cushions and toys\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Dark Gray","offer_id":47173097259169,"sku":"CJFU28240210001","price":250.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/fe369ad8-1b63-4c2f-b4b9-6debd5f7e942.jpg?v=1789091896"},{"product_id":"folding-tanning-chair-face-cavity-5-position-blue","title":"Folding Tanning Chair – Chaise Lounge with Face Cavity, Pillow and 5-Position Backrest, Dark Blue","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Tanning Chair with Face Cavity – 5-Position Backrest, Dark Blue\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding tanning chair is a lightweight outdoor lounger with a hole in the backrest for your face, two arm slots beside it and a removable pillow, so you can lie on your front and read or look down at a phone without twisting your neck. It has a dark blue Oxford fabric bed on a powder-coated steel frame, a backrest that locks in five positions and a side pocket. Easy Life Markets sells it in dark blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost sun loungers are made for lying on your back. Turn over on one and you end up with your head to the side or propped on your arms, which gets uncomfortable quickly. The face cavity solves that. The supplier's photos show someone lying face down with a book on the ground below the opening, and the same chair raised to a sitting position with a laptop. When you are done it folds flat to under 4 inches thick and has a carry strap, so it goes in a car boot, a cupboard or under a bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Comes with It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x folding lounger, with the face pillow and side pocket shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states that no assembly is required. The chair unfolds and is ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and Weight Limit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and its dimension photo. Centimetres are our conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall, fully reclined (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72.8 × 21.7 × 11.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 × 55 × 29\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight range of the backrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.4 to 34.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 to 88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.3 × 21.7 × 3.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 × 55 × 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 × 21.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 × 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePillow (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 × 10.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 × 26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace cavity (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.7 × 7.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 × 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide pocket (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 × 9.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 × 24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated weight capacity is 264 lb (about 120 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding chaise lounge for sunbathing, with face cavity and arm slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel, powder coated. The photos show a silver-coloured frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oxford fabric, dark blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Locks in five positions, from flat to upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtras:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable face pillow, side pocket, carry strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour offered:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark blue (listed as Blue)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJSP246997101AZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e None, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text lists \"Dark Blue, Sliver\". We read \"Sliver\" as silver, the colour of the frame. The only fabric colour we offer is dark blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Weather-resistant\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's word for the Oxford fabric. It means the chair will cope with sun and the odd shower. It is not waterproof, and the fabric will fade over a long summer in full sun. Bring it in when you are not using it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow to the ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully reclined, the bed is about 11.4 inches high. That is normal for a beach lounger, but it is a low chair to get up from. If you have stiff knees or hips, a taller lounger may suit you better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe arm slots.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show two openings beside the face cavity for your arms when you lie on your front. They are fixed in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chair weight, tube diameter, fabric weight and whether the pillow cover can be washed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing a Lounger for Tanning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA chair like this is built around \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Sun_tanning\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003esun tanning\u003c\/a\u003e, which mostly means turning over at regular intervals. With the backrest flat and your face in the cavity you can lie on your front with a straight neck. Raise it two or three notches and you can sit back and read. Use sun cream, drink water and keep the sessions short in strong midday sun. The chair does not protect you from the sun; it only makes lying in it easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the chair out of the box, open it and stand it on firm, level ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a backrest position and make sure it has clicked into its lock before you lean back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the face pillow over the cavity if you want padding, or remove it for a clear opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo fold, lower the backrest, close the frame and use the strap to carry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush off sand and wipe the fabric with mild soapy water. Let it dry fully before folding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore it dry and out of direct sun when not in use. UV fades fabric and weakens it over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the folding joints and lock now and then, and keep sand out of them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame after use near salt water. Touch up chips in the coating to stop rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who sunbathes on their front and wants to read while doing it. It is light enough for the beach and the pool and compact enough to keep in a flat, a car or a holiday bag. It also works as a plain garden lounger with the backrest raised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I lie face down on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. That is what the face cavity and arm slots are for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many positions does the back have?\u003c\/strong\u003e Five, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow small does it fold?\u003c\/strong\u003e To about 28.3 × 21.7 × 3.9 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 264 lb (about 120 kg), according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not name a brand. The photos show a small printed logo on the backrest, which we cannot identify, so we sell it as an unbranded lounger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions we have not answered here? \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will check with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Folding Tanning Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-chaise-lounge-wheels-adjustable-backrest-gray\"\u003eWicker chaise lounge with wheels\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cantilever-patio-umbrella-3m-side-post-8-ribs\"\u003eCantilever patio umbrella\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-adirondack-chair-set-of-2-wooden-light-brown\"\u003eFolding Adirondack chair set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b9d52d45-95db-4678-817e-9e349a8fde49.jpg\" alt=\"Folding tanning chair in dark blue with face cavity, shown raised and flat with dimensions\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":47173098373281,"sku":"CJSP246997101AZ","price":106.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b9d52d45-95db-4678-817e-9e349a8fde49.jpg?v=1789091987"},{"product_id":"wicker-chaise-lounge-wheels-adjustable-backrest-gray","title":"Wicker Chaise Lounge – Outdoor PE Rattan Sun Lounger with Cushion, Adjustable Backrest and 2 Wheels, Gray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWicker Chaise Lounge – PE Rattan Sun Lounger with Cushion and 2 Wheels, Gray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wicker chaise lounge is a full-length outdoor sun lounger with a curved \"S\" profile, hand-woven PE rattan over a steel frame, a thick gray cushion and two wheels at the head end. The backrest reclines through five levels, from sitting up to lying almost flat. It measures 81.5 inches long and the supplier rates it at 264 lb. Easy Life Markets sells it with the gray cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape is what sets it apart from a flat poolside lounger. The seat dips under your hips and rises under your knees, so you lie in a relaxed, slightly bent position rather than flat on a board. The cushion is long enough to cover the whole bed, and the supplier's photos show it with a zip cover. To move it, lift the foot end and roll it on the two wheels, which is much easier than dragging a long lounger across paving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x chaise lounge frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x cushion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier states that assembly is required. It does not list the tools or fittings. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want that checked before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the supplier's specification and dimension photo. Centimetres are our conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e207\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight (written spec)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight of raised backrest (photo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushioned bed (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52.25 × 23.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e133 × 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height without cushion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated weight capacity is 264 lb (about 120 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor chaise lounge, curved \"S\" shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeave:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-woven PE rattan (polyethylene), gray-brown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester cover, gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five reclining levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two wheels at the head end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour offered:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU247181101AZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo heights.\u003c\/strong\u003e The written spec gives the overall height as 27.5 inches. The dimension photo marks the raised backrest at 35 inches. Both can be right, depending on the backrest setting, so we show both.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Outdoor-ready\".\u003c\/strong\u003e PE rattan is a plastic weave made to sit outside, and it handles sun and rain far better than natural cane. The cushion is a different matter. The supplier does not say it is water-resistant, and foam cushions soak up rain. Bring the cushion in or cover it when you are not using the lounger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it a heavy-duty steel frame. It does not say whether the steel is coated or galvanised, so treat bare scratches on the legs as you would on any steel garden furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe weave colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing says gray. In the photos the wicker is a mixed gray-brown, close to driftwood, with a plain mid-gray cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lounger weight, cushion thickness, wheel material and whether the cushion cover can be machine washed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout PE Wicker\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Wicker\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewicker\u003c\/a\u003e is a woven technique, not a material. It was originally made from cane, willow or rattan, which look lovely but crack and go mouldy when left out in the weather. Most outdoor wicker today, including this lounger, uses strands of polyethylene woven around a metal frame. It keeps the woven look while shrugging off rain and cleaning up with a hose. It still fades slowly in strong sun, so shade or a cover helps it keep its colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a pool or on a sun deck, where the full length can stretch out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a patio or a lawn, rolled into the sun or the shade as the day moves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn pairs with a small side table between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a covered terrace, where the cushion can stay on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow roughly 2.1 metres of length and a little more if you want to walk round the foot end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the spot where the wicker chaise lounge will live. With the backrest down it needs about 207 cm of length and 70 cm of width, and a little more if the back is raised against a wall. Check the route from your door to the garden too: a long lounger has to turn corners in a hallway. If the ground is gravel or lawn, the two wheels will still work, but they roll most easily on paving or decking. Finally, think about where the cushion will go when it rains. A deck box or a dry corner of a shed saves it from soaking through and keeps it looking new for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose or wipe the wicker with mild soapy water and let it dry in the air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the cushion indoors or in a dry box when rain is forecast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip and clean the cushion cover as the label allows. Dry it fully before refitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the wheels free of grit and check the backrest lock now and then.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover the lounger or store it under cover in winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople who want a proper lie-down lounger rather than a folding beach chair, with a cushion thick enough to nap on. It suits pool decks, patios and gardens with level ground for the wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 81.5 inches, or about 207 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the back recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, through five levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cushion included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, one gray cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I leave it outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e The frame and weave are made for outdoor use. Bring the cushion in when it rains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded lounger from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Wicker Chaise Lounge at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-tanning-chair-face-cavity-5-position-blue\"\u003eFolding tanning chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-patio-sectional-set\"\u003eWicker patio sectional set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-storage-bench-outdoor-deck-box-seat-cushion-brown\"\u003eRattan storage bench\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/34474fa7-d147-41c6-bff5-5aa244df141c.jpg\" alt=\"Wicker chaise lounge in gray-brown PE rattan with gray cushion and two wheels\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":47173100535969,"sku":"CJFU247181101AZ","price":265.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/34474fa7-d147-41c6-bff5-5aa244df141c.jpg?v=1789092077"},{"product_id":"propane-fire-pit-table-56-inch-50000-btu-dark-grey","title":"Propane Fire Pit Table – 56 Inch Rectangular Outdoor Gas Fire Table, 50,000 BTU, Dark Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePropane Fire Pit Table – 56 Inch Rectangular Gas Fire Table, 50,000 BTU, Dark Grey\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis propane fire pit table is a long, low rectangular gas fire for a patio or deck, about 56 inches long, 26.4 inches wide and 13.6 inches high, with a dark grey body and an arched base. A stainless steel burner sits in a bed of lava rocks in the centre, and the supplier rates it at 50,000 BTU. Easy Life Markets sells it in dark grey, with a cover, lava rocks, a gas hose and a tank seat included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA gas fire table gives you the look of a fire without logs, smoke or ash. You turn the knob, press to light, and set the flame height with the same control. At 13.6 inches high it sits at coffee-table level, so it fits in front of a sofa or between lounge chairs, and the flat rim around the burner gives you somewhere to rest a cup. The supplier's photos show it on stone terraces and wooden decks surrounded by outdoor sofas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's \"What's Included\" photo shows:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x fire table with burner and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x tank seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x gas hose with regulator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x rain cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x bottle of touch-up paint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x bag of lava rocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe propane tank is \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e included, and the supplier's dimension photo states that a tank does not fit inside the table. It stands outside, connected by the hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's written table and its dimension photo agree to within a fraction of an inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.90 (photo: 56)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.38 (photo: 26.4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.58 (photo: 13.6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.86 × 29.33 × 16.73\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149.5 × 74.5 × 42.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table weighs 66.14 lb (30 kg) and 116.80 lb (53 kg) in its box. Plan for two people to unpack and place it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rectangular outdoor gas fire table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFuel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Propane, from a separate tank (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated heat output:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50,000 BTU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed by the supplier as concrete, dark grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBurner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel, linear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable flame with integrated ignition, behind a side panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recessed hand holds in both ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFire media:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lava rocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU28984250001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Concrete\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the main material as concrete. At 66 lb for a table this size, it is probably a light concrete composite rather than solid cast concrete. The finish in the photos is a smooth, matt, concrete-look grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Waterproof cover\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's photo calls the cover waterproof. It will keep rain and leaves off the burner. Water can still collect under any cover, so let the table dry out before lighting it after rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe badge in the photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e One supplier image shows a test-lab logo. We have no certificate for this item and make no claim about testing or approvals. Ask your gas supplier or installer if local rules require a particular approval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"No assembly required\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says so. You still have to add the lava rocks and connect the tank to the hose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Burner length, ignition type in detail, tank size it is intended for and expected burn time per tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePropane Safety Basics\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Propane\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePropane\u003c\/a\u003e is heavier than air, so a leak collects at ground level rather than drifting away. That is why gas fire tables are for open-air use only. Use this one outdoors, never in a garage, a tent or a closed conservatory. Keep it clear of overhanging branches, awnings and parasols, and check the hose connection with soapy water before each season: bubbles mean a leak. Turn the tank valve off when you have finished, not just the knob on the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGetting It Going\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the table on a level, non-flammable surface such as stone, paving or concrete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread the lava rocks evenly over the burner pan, as shown in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the propane tank on the tank seat beside the table and connect the hose and regulator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the tank valve, then turn and press the control knob to light, following the manual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the flame height with the knob.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Spot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick a place with open sky above and a clear circle of space around the table. Seating should be close enough to feel the warmth but not so close that knees touch the rim. Keep the hose run short and out of walkways so nobody trips over it, and stand the tank where it is shaded from strong afternoon sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLooking After It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet it cool fully before fitting the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush off leaves and dust and wipe the body with a damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the supplied touch-up paint on chips and scuffs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the burner holes are clear of debris and spider webs at the start of each season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect and store the tank upright, outdoors, when the table is not in use for a long time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatios, terraces and decks with an outdoor sofa or lounge chairs, where you want a low, modern centrepiece with real flames and no wood smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the tank go inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier states it does not fit inside. It sits beside the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a tank included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it under a covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e Only with plenty of open air around it and clearance above. Follow the manual and local rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a rain cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded fire table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnsure about anything? \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Propane Fire Pit Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/outdoor-patio-sofa-set-woven-rope-lounge-coffee-table\"\u003eOutdoor patio sofa set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-person-adirondack-chair-wicker-footstools-cream-white\"\u003e2 person Adirondack chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-adirondack-chair-set-of-2-wooden-light-brown\"\u003eFolding Adirondack chair set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/31792487-d6cf-44e5-bad5-4b828b06829c.png\" alt=\"Propane fire pit table in dark grey with flames over lava rocks on a stone patio\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"DARK GREY","offer_id":47173102010529,"sku":"CJFU28984250001","price":687.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/31792487-d6cf-44e5-bad5-4b828b06829c.png?v=1789092185"},{"product_id":"hammock-chair-with-stand-cushion-gray","title":"Hammock Chair with Stand – Hanging Swing Chair with Padded Cushion and Steel Frame, Gray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHammock Chair with Stand – Padded Hanging Swing Chair, Gray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hammock chair with stand is a freestanding hanging seat: a black powder-coated steel C-frame on a wide cross base, a chain and spring hook, and a padded seat basket with a long gray cushion, headrest pillow and armrests. The stand is 75.6 inches tall and the supplier rates the chair at 265 lb. Easy Life Markets sells it with the gray cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it comes with its own stand, you do not need a beam, a tree or a ceiling hook. Put it on a patio, in a sunroom or in the corner of a living room, and you have a seat that sways gently when you lean back. The seat is wide and deep, the supplier says, and the photos show adults sitting cross-legged and curled up in it. A tether is included to hold the basket steady when you want less movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded Parts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x swing chair (stand, chain and seat basket)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x cushion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x tether\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required. The supplier does not list the tools needed. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want them confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMeasurements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the supplier's specification and dimension photo. Centimetres are our conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall with stand (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5 × 38.6 × 75.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 × 98 × 192\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging chair (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 29.9 × 39.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 76 × 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat base to floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat (W × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 × 25.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 × 65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack (L × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7 × 18.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 47\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushion (L × W × thickness)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.2 × 25.6 × 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 65 × 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated weight capacity is 265 lb (about 120 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding hanging chair with C-shaped stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel, powder coated, black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushion cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oxford fabric with PA coating, gray. A supplier photo describes it as 600 × 300D Oxford cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam, with polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushion fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hook and loop fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel chain with spring hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide cross base with protective foot pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJSP246960701AZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text lists \"Gray, Black\". The cushion is gray and the frame is black. We do not offer other cushion colours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"PA coating to resist weather\".\u003c\/strong\u003e PA (polyamide) coating gives the Oxford cloth some water resistance. It will shrug off a light shower. It is not waterproof, and a foam cushion left out in heavy rain will soak through. Bring the cushion in or keep the chair under cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Adjustable swinging\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the chain allows adjustment. In practice that means hooking the seat at a different link to change its height. Check the hook is fully closed after any change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cross base needs a patch of about 118 × 98 cm, plus room for the seat to swing. It is bigger than it looks in a cut-out photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chair weight, chain length, steel tube size and whether the cushion cover is washable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Short Note on Hammocks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Hammock\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ehammock\u003c\/a\u003e began as a sling bed hung between two points. A hammock chair takes the same idea, a seat that hangs and moves with you, and folds it into an upright shape you can sit in. A stand like this one removes the need for anything to hang it from, which is why these chairs now turn up indoors as much as out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly and Placement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild the cross base and fit the foot pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoin the upright and the curved arm of the stand and tighten every bolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang the chain and spring hook from the top of the arm, then hang the seat basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the cushion in the basket and press the hook and loop strips to hold it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the tether if you want to steady the seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand the chair on firm, level ground. On soft grass the base can sink on one side. Keep it clear of walls and furniture so the seat cannot knock into them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors or Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoors, measure your ceiling first: the stand is about 192 cm tall and you want headroom above the arm. Put a rug under the base to protect the floor and stop it sliding, although the foot pads help. Outdoors, a covered porch or patio is the best place, since the cushion is the part that suffers in rain. A spot with afternoon shade also stops the gray fabric from fading and the frame from getting hot to touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush or vacuum the cushion and wipe stains with mild soapy water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the cushion indoors when rain is forecast and in winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the bolts, the chain and the spring hook every few weeks and before each season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame dry after rain and touch up chips to stop rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReaders, nappers and anyone who wants a cosy corner seat on a porch, balcony, patio or in a sunroom, without drilling into a ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to hang it from the ceiling?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It comes with its own stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is the stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e 75.6 inches, about 192 cm. Check your ceiling height if it is going indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 265 lb (about 120 kg), according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the cushion stay outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e Only in dry weather or under cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Hammock Chair with Stand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wooden-patio-swing-2-seat-a-frame-center-table\"\u003eWooden patio swing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-chaise-lounge-wheels-adjustable-backrest-gray\"\u003eWicker chaise lounge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cantilever-patio-umbrella-3m-side-post-8-ribs\"\u003eCantilever patio umbrella\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8ecae1fb-c4af-4661-9b27-54d802c15211.jpg\" alt=\"Hammock chair with stand, gray padded cushion on a black steel C-frame with cross base\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":47173102895265,"sku":"CJSP246960701AZ","price":275.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8ecae1fb-c4af-4661-9b27-54d802c15211.jpg?v=1789092272"},{"product_id":"2-person-adirondack-chair-wicker-footstools-cream-white","title":"2 Person Adirondack Chair – Wicker Double Seat with 2 Footstools and Cushions, Brown and Cream White","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2 Person Adirondack Chair – Brown Wicker Double Seat with Footstools and Cream Cushions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2 person Adirondack chair is a double-width outdoor seat in hand-woven brown PE wicker over a galvanised steel frame, with the sloped seat and wide flat armrests of a classic Adirondack. It comes with two seat cushions, two back pillows and two matching footstools with their own cushions, all in cream white. Easy Life Markets sells it in brown wicker with cream white cushions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTwo people can sit side by side, or one person can stretch out sideways. Push the footstools up to the front and it becomes a lounger for two; pull them away and they work as extra low seats or side rests. The supplier's photos show it on a gravel patio beside a fire bowl, which is the setting it is designed for: an evening outside, feet up, watching the light go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x two-seat wicker Adirondack chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x footstools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x seat cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x footstool cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x back pillows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the supplier's specification and dimension photo. Centimetres are our conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChair overall (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.25 × 32.25 × 35.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 × 82 × 90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat (W × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.25 × 19.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest (H × W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 × 42.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71 × 107\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing option also shows \"860 × 260 × 570 mm\". The supplier does not say what that figure measures. It is far smaller than the chair, so we take it to be a carton size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-seat Adirondack-style patio chair with footstools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeave:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand-woven PE rattan, mixed brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester, cream white, with zip covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 264 lb per seat, 66 lb per footstool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item label:\u003c\/strong\u003e 867-203V00MB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJLY26792910001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text lists \"Mixed Brown, Cream White\". That describes this one set: brown wicker with cream white cushions. Other colour combinations are not offered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe footstool limit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each footstool is rated at 66 lb. That is for resting your legs, not for an adult to sit on. Use them as seats only for small children, or not at all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Weather-resistant\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This applies to the PE wicker, which is made to stay outside. The supplier does not say the cushions are water-resistant, and the photos show them as fabric-covered foam. Bring them in when it rains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid galvanised steel frame\".\u003c\/strong\u003e We pass on \"galvanised steel\". We have no figures for tube thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNext to a fire.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show it beside a fire bowl. Keep a safe distance; cushions and plastic wicker can be damaged by sparks and radiant heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chair weight, cushion thickness and whether the covers are machine washable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Adirondack Shape in Wicker\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Rattan\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003erattan\u003c\/a\u003e look here comes from polyethylene strands rather than real rattan cane, which would not survive long outdoors. The shape is pure Adirondack: a low seat that slopes back, a tall back and broad armrests wide enough for a glass. Making it two seats wide turns a solo chair into something closer to a small outdoor loveseat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack and check the parts against the manual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoin the seat, back and arm sections and tighten all the bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the cushions and back pillows on the chair and the footstool cushions on the stools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace it on level ground so both seats sit evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair alone takes a patch of about 115 × 82 cm. With both footstools pushed up in front, allow roughly double the depth. Put it on paving, decking or firm gravel so the legs sit evenly; on soft lawn one side can sink. If you plan to use it round a fire pit, leave a clear gap between the fire and the cushions, and keep the cushions covered or indoors when the fire is not being watched.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footstools are light enough to move around on their own. Use one as a side rest for a tray, or set both against a wall when you need the space. When the chair is not in use for a while, store the six cushions together in a dry bag or box so they do not pick up damp or mildew. A breathable cover over the frame keeps leaves and bird droppings off the weave.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe or hose the wicker with mild soapy water and let it air dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip the cushion covers to clean them as the label allows. Dry them fully before refitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the cushions indoors in wet weather and over winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover the chair or store it under cover in winter to slow fading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCouples, friends or a parent and child who want to sit together outdoors with their feet up, on a patio, deck, balcony or round a fire pit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people does it seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the footstools separate?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. They are removable and can be moved anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 264 lb per seat, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cushions included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes: two seat cushions, two back pillows and two footstool cushions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore questions? \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 2 Person Adirondack Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/propane-fire-pit-table-56-inch-50000-btu-dark-grey\"\u003ePropane fire pit table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-adirondack-chair-set-of-2-wooden-light-brown\"\u003eFolding Adirondack chair set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-patio-sectional-set\"\u003eWicker patio sectional set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/073424ff-f743-4a7b-94fa-49e3f5517374.jpg\" alt=\"2 person Adirondack chair in brown wicker with cream white cushions and two footstools on a gravel patio\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Cream White \/ 860x260x570 mm","offer_id":47173103648929,"sku":"CJLY26792910001","price":250.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/073424ff-f743-4a7b-94fa-49e3f5517374.jpg?v=1789092363"},{"product_id":"wooden-patio-swing-2-seat-a-frame-center-table","title":"Wooden Patio Swing – 2 Seat Freestanding A-Frame Swing with Center Table, Carbonized Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden Patio Swing – 2 Seat Freestanding A-Frame Swing with Center Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wooden patio swing is a complete garden swing with its own stand: a log-style A-frame about 78 inches wide and 67 inches high, with a hanging bench made of two Adirondack-style seats and a small slatted table between them. The wood has a dark, carbonized brown finish that shows the grain. Easy Life Markets sells it in this carbonized brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost porch swings need a strong beam or ceiling joist to hang from. This one brings its own frame, so it can go on a lawn, a patio or at the end of the garden. Two people sit in separate contoured seats with a drink or a book on the table in the middle, and the swing moves gently on chains hung from S-hooks. The supplier's photos show it on a paved patio against a house wall and on a garden terrace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's listing for this swing is made up of photos only, with no written packing list. From the photos, the set includes the A-frame stand, the two-seat swing bench with center table, and the chains and S-hooks to hang it. Expect some assembly, as with any frame this size. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the parts list and fixings confirmed before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension photo. Centimetres are our conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e198\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth (frame base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach seat, width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach seat, depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter table width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photo also marks a 22.75 inch measurement across the middle of the bench without saying exactly what it is. We read it as the length of the table from front to back, but we cannot confirm it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding two-seat garden swing with A-frame stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood, described by the supplier as natural solid wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-temperature carbonized, then varnished, according to the supplier's photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbonized brown (listed as Brown)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two slatted Adirondack-style seats with armrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slatted center table between the seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chains on S-type hooks, with reinforcing braces on the frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU243054901AZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's title and photos describe it as natural solid wood. The photos do show round log-style posts and thick slats rather than board, but the supplier does not name the species. We pass on the claim as the supplier's.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Carbonized\".\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbonizing means heating the wood until the surface darkens. It gives the deep brown colour and the strong grain you see in the photos. It is a surface finish, it does not make the wood weatherproof, and the wood still needs looking after outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo weight rating.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no weight capacity for the swing. We will not invent one. Ask us before buying if you need a figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo seats, not a bench.\u003c\/strong\u003e The seats are separate, with the table between them. It is not a three-seat bench and the table is not a seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight capacity, wood species, total weight, chain length and assembly time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Bit About Garden Swings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Swing_(seat)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eswing\u003c\/a\u003e hung from a frame or a porch beam has been part of outdoor life for a long time, mostly because a slow rocking motion is relaxing. The Adirondack seat shape adds a tilted seat and a tall slatted back, so you sit back into it instead of perching on a flat bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlacing and Setting Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a flat, firm spot with clear space in front of and behind the swing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the A-frame first and tighten every bolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang the chains from the S-hooks, then hang the seat, keeping both sides level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the hooks are closed and the seat swings without touching the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn grass, a level base of paving slabs under the feet stops the frame sinking or rocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpace and Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow clear ground of at least the frame footprint, about 198 × 135 cm, plus swing room in front and behind. Keep it away from walls, fences and plant pots that the seat could knock. Children should be supervised on it, and nobody should stand on the seats or swing hard enough to lift the frame. If the area is windy, ask a handyperson about anchoring the feet to the ground. Check the hooks and chains for wear before the first use each year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush off leaves and wipe the wood with a damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecoat with an outdoor wood oil or varnish when the surface starts to look dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck bolts, hooks and chains at the start of each season and after storms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover it or store the seat under cover in winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGardens and patios with room for a large piece, and households who want a swing for two adults without building anything to hang it from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need a beam or ceiling?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It comes with its own A-frame stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 78 × 53.25 inches of ground, plus swing room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the wood treated?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a carbonized and varnished surface, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded swing from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Wooden Patio Swing at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hammock-chair-with-stand-cushion-gray\"\u003eHammock chair with stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-adirondack-chair-set-of-2-wooden-light-brown\"\u003eFolding Adirondack chair set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/200-gallon-metal-deck-box-lockable-lid-wheels-dark-gray\"\u003e200 gallon metal deck box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0a25ee23-17e6-4f79-af37-62744beb0d7a.jpg\" alt=\"Wooden patio swing in carbonized brown with A-frame stand, two seats and center table on a patio\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47173104304289,"sku":"CJFU243054901AZ","price":358.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0a25ee23-17e6-4f79-af37-62744beb0d7a.jpg?v=1789092452"},{"product_id":"folding-adirondack-chair-set-of-2-wooden-light-brown","title":"Folding Adirondack Chair Set of 2 – Wooden Patio Chairs, Light Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Adirondack Chair Set of 2 – Light Brown Wooden Patio Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding Adirondack chair set gives you two matching wooden chairs in a light brown finish, each with the classic fan-shaped slatted back, a low sloping seat and wide flat armrests. Each chair folds flat for storage, and the backrest arrives already assembled. The supplier gives each chair as 31 × 28 × 36 inches and its photo shows a 220 lb rating. Easy Life Markets sells the set in light brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdirondack chairs are the ones you see round fire pits and on lake docks: you sink back into them, rest a drink on the arm and stay for an hour. The trouble with most of them is that they are bulky to store. These fold, so at the end of summer they go flat against a shed wall or into a garage. The supplier's photos show them on a lawn in front of a porch, round a fire bowl on a stone terrace, and folded flat on their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x folding Adirondack chairs, with the backrests pre-assembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixings and instruction sheet, as shown in the supplier's parts photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says the remaining parts take about 30 to 40 minutes to put together per chair. It does not give a full parts count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe written figures are from the supplier's table. The rest are read from its \"assembly size\" photo. Centimetres are our conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach chair (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 × 28 × 36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 × 71 × 91\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width at front (photo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth (photo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth across top of back (photo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height at front (photo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArmrest height (photo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.3 × 20.9 × 8.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 × 53 × 22\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photo also shows a back angle of 103 degrees. The supplier lists the weight as 41.80 lb and the boxed weight as 43.57 lb, without saying whether that is one chair or both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding Adirondack chairs, set of 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood. The supplier names hemlock in its text and calls it solid wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 lb per chair (from the supplier's photo)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, folds flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier product code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W139058473\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJT219690801AZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Partial, backrest pre-assembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhich wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says natural hemlock. One of its photos labels the finish \"Brushed Cedar\". We read that as the name of the colour or finish, not a second wood type, but the supplier does not make it clear. Hemlock is a softwood and needs regular sealing outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight figures.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 220 lb rating appears only in a photo, not in the written specs. The 41.80 lb weight is not clearly for one chair or two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor life.\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing does not mention any treatment or sealant. Unsealed softwood left out in rain will grey, crack and eventually rot. Oil or seal it before the first season and bring the chairs in, or cover them, over winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe extras in the photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e The fire bowl, side table, ball and drinks are styling only and are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish or sealant used, fixing type and per-chair weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Adirondack Comes From\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Adirondack_chair\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eAdirondack chair\u003c\/a\u003e was designed in the early 1900s for a mountain holiday home, using flat boards cut and screwed together. The recipe has hardly changed: a seat lower at the back than the front, a tall reclined back and arms wide enough for a plate. Folding versions like these add a hinge so the chair can be stored flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting Them Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay out the parts for one chair and check them against the instruction sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the legs and seat frame to the pre-assembled backrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the armrests and tighten every fixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the fold once before you sit down, then repeat for the second chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing Them Round a Fire Pit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese chairs are a natural fit for a fire pit, and the supplier's photos show them that way. Keep them at a sensible distance from open flames: dry softwood can scorch from radiant heat and sparks. Put them on level ground so they do not rock, and fold them away at the end of the evening if rain is coming. Because they fold flat, two chairs fit easily against a garage wall or in the back of an estate car for a weekend away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal or oil the wood before first use outdoors and once a year after that.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth; avoid pressure washers, which raise the grain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten screws a few weeks after assembly and each spring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold and store under cover in winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGardens, decks, lawns and fire pit areas, for people who want two classic Adirondack chairs that can be folded away when the season ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many chairs are in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they fold?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, flat, as shown in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight does each take?\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 lb, according to the supplier's photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they stay outside all year?\u003c\/strong\u003e Only if you seal the wood and accept some weathering. Storing them under cover in winter is better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWant to check something first? \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Folding Adirondack Chair Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-person-adirondack-chair-wicker-footstools-cream-white\"\u003e2 person Adirondack chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/propane-fire-pit-table-56-inch-50000-btu-dark-grey\"\u003ePropane fire pit table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wooden-patio-swing-2-seat-a-frame-center-table\"\u003eWooden patio swing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003ehome and garden\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6e981a43-8b02-4dae-b024-bc393c425196.jpg\" alt=\"Folding Adirondack chair set of two light brown wooden chairs facing each other\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Light brown","offer_id":47173105909921,"sku":"CJJT219690801AZ","price":179.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6e981a43-8b02-4dae-b024-bc393c425196.jpg?v=1789092543"},{"product_id":"cantilever-patio-umbrella-3m-side-post-8-ribs","title":"Cantilever Patio Umbrella – Outdoor 3m Side Post Leisure Umbrella with 8 Ribs and Crank, Coffee or Khaki","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCantilever Patio Umbrella – 3m Side Post Umbrella with 8 Ribs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cantilever patio umbrella hangs its canopy from an arm on a side post instead of a pole through the middle, so the shade falls over a table, a pair of loungers or a hot tub with nothing in the way underneath. The supplier describes it as a 3m side leisure umbrella with eight iron ribs and a 160G polyester canopy. Easy Life Markets sells it in two options: coffee without the bracket, and khaki with the bracket included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe photos show the usual layout for this type: a dark steel-coloured post standing on a cross base, a curved arm over the top, and the canopy hanging from a hub at the end of the arm. A crank handle sits on the post about halfway up. The canopy has a vent at the crown. Opening and closing are manual, as the supplier states, and the photos show the canopy folding down beside the post when it is closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between the Two Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease read this part before ordering, because the two options are not simply two colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee \/ No bracket included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's colour note describes this as light coffee \"without umbrella stand\", and the packing list for the listing reads \"1 x umbrella cloth\". We cannot confirm from the supplier's text whether this option is the canopy alone or the canopy with post and arm but no base. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before you order and we will check exactly what is in the parcel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKhaki \/ Bracket included.\u003c\/strong\u003e This comes with the cross-shaped base bracket shown in the photos. The supplier is clear that the counterweight is not included. You need to supply your own weight and press it onto the cross base to hold the umbrella down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cantilever (offset) patio umbrella with a side post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3m, as stated in the supplier's title\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCanopy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160G polyester cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRibs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eight, iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpening and closing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual, with a crank handle on the post in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coffee \/ No bracket included (SKU CJJT106934601AZ); Khaki \/ Bracket included (SKU CJJT106934604DW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"3m\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This figure comes from the title only. The supplier does not say whether it is the canopy diameter or another measurement, and gives no height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight is your job.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cantilever umbrella puts all its load on one side. With no counterweight in the box, the base will not hold the umbrella up in any breeze until you add one. Sandbags, paving slabs or purpose-made base weights on all four arms of the cross are the usual answer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWind.\u003c\/strong\u003e One photo calls the top vent \"ventilation for enhanced stability and wind resistance\". A vent helps, but no parasol of this kind should be left open in strong wind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours.\u003c\/strong\u003e A burgundy swatch appears in one supplier photo. It is not one of the options we offer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilting.\u003c\/strong\u003e One supplier graphic shows the canopy at several angles. The supplier's text does not describe a tilt function, so treat that as unconfirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Overall height, clearance under the canopy, total weight, base size, UV rating and whether the canopy is water-repellent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Side Post Helps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard market \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Umbrella\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eumbrella\u003c\/a\u003e needs a hole in the table, or a base right in the middle of your seating. An offset design moves the post to one side, which leaves the space under the canopy clear. That suits a corner of the patio, a set of loungers by a pool or a seating area where you do not want to dodge a pole every time you stand up. The trade-off is weight: the base has to balance the canopy hanging off the arm, which is why the counterweight matters so much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a flat, firm surface. Decking, paving or a level patio is better than soft lawn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the cross base, stand the post in it, and load the base with weight before you open the canopy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the post so the canopy reaches over the area you want shaded, keeping the arm clear of walls, gutters and overhanging branches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the crank to open and close it. Do not force it if it binds; check that the ribs are free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the canopy and secure it when you leave it, overnight, and whenever the wind picks up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush off leaves and dust and wipe the canopy with mild soapy water. Let it dry fully open before closing it, so it does not go mouldy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe ribs are iron, so dry them off after rain and touch up any chips to keep rust away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA cover or indoor storage over winter will help the canopy last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the bolts and the crank from time to time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatios, decks, poolside areas and gardens where you want a large patch of shade without a pole in the middle of the seating. It is a good fit for people who already have a heavy base weight, or who are happy to buy sandbags or slabs to go with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a counterweight included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier says you need to add your own weight to the cross base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the coffee option include?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's packing list says umbrella cloth, with no bracket. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it stand on grass?\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs a firm, level surface and enough weight. Soft ground is not ideal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given by the supplier. It is an unbranded cantilever patio umbrella.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Cantilever Patio Umbrella at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and check the option you choose against the notes above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/outdoor-patio-sofa-set-woven-rope-lounge-coffee-table\"\u003eOutdoor patio sofa set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-patio-sectional-set\"\u003eWicker patio sectional set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/patio-wicker-chaise-lounge-chair-outdoor-pe-rattan-sun-lounger-with-adjustable-backrest-and-2-wheels-gray\"\u003ePatio wicker chaise lounge chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1617779478425.jpg\" alt=\"Cantilever patio umbrella with tan canopy, side post, curved arm and cross base\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Coffee \/ No bracket included","offer_id":47173106532513,"sku":"CJJT106934601AZ","price":50.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ Bracket included","offer_id":47173106565281,"sku":"CJJT106934604DW","price":154.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1617779478425.jpg?v=1789092640"},{"product_id":"quick-drying-bath-mat-absorbent-non-slip-oval-semicircle","title":"Quick Drying Bath Mat – Super Absorbent Non-Slip Bathroom Mat and Entrance Door Mat, Modern Simple, Oval or Semicircle, 3 Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eQuick Drying Bath Mat – Absorbent, Non-Slip, Oval or Semicircle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis quick drying bath mat is a thin, flexible mat with a soft absorbent top and a rubber non-slip back, made to take water off your feet as you step out of the shower and then dry out fast. Easy Life Markets sells it in two shapes, oval and semicircle, three sizes from 40 × 60 cm to 60 × 90 cm, and six colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost of the designs are two-tone: a darker centre panel inside a lighter border, with the words \"LIVING SIMPLE\" printed in small letters across the middle and around the edge. A few photos also show versions printed \"SHOWER\". The supplier says the mat rolls up easily and is flexible enough to store, and that it suits doorways, kitchens and bedrooms as well as the bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow It Is Built\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes three layers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop surface.\u003c\/strong\u003e Called a \"nappa leather fabric\" that absorbs moisture quickly. The specification line lists the material as polyester.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMiddle.\u003c\/strong\u003e A regenerated sponge layer for softness, with a foam absorbent layer that takes up water and lets it evaporate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber with a textured, non-slip pattern that the supplier says grips without marking the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe edges are cut smooth rather than bound. The photos show a thin, flat mat with a neat rounded edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShapes, Sizes and Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOval:\u003c\/strong\u003e rounded at both ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSemicircle:\u003c\/strong\u003e a D shape, flat along one long side, so it can sit tight against a bath panel, shower tray or door threshold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 × 60 cm, 50 × 80 cm, 60 × 90 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Blue, Grey, Khaki, Orange, Red.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery colour comes in every shape and size, giving 36 options. Prices vary a little by size, shape and colour, and the selector shows the price for the option you pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absorbent floor mat for bathroom or entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester surface, sponge and foam layers, rubber back, per the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine woven, per the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern and simple, plain two-tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage:\u003c\/strong\u003e One mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour names.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's own colour list names only grey, blue, red and khaki. Our options add Beige and Orange. The photos show grey, blue, grey-brown, brick red and sage or orange \"SHOWER\" versions, and the supplier does not link each option name to a photo. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm what a colour looks like before you order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Nappa leather\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a supplier term for the soft-touch fabric face. It is not real leather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says both \"washable\" and \"non machine washable, conventional flushing\". We read that as: rinse or hand wash it, do not put it in the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize in the specification.\u003c\/strong\u003e One line mentions 400 × 1000 mm. That size is not offered here.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRectangular mat in the photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two \"SHOWER\" photos show a rectangular mat. Only the oval and semicircle shapes are offered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thickness, weight and drying time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes a Mat Absorbent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Mat\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003emat\u003c\/a\u003e at a doorway or bath has two jobs: soak up water and stay put. Thick fluffy rugs do the first well but take hours to dry and can go musty. Thin layered mats like this one work differently. The face draws water down into the foam, which then releases it to the air, so the surface feels dry again quickly. The rubber back does the second job, gripping the floor so the mat does not slide when you step on it with wet feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 × 60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e suits a small shower tray, a basin or a doorway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 × 80 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e fits in front of most standard baths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 × 90 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e gives room for two feet and a step, useful for walk-in showers or entrances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the clear floor space, allowing for doors that swing over the mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOval or Semicircle?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe oval is the more versatile shape. It sits freely in the middle of a floor, in front of a basin or by a bed, and has no straight edge that needs lining up with anything. The semicircle is the one to choose when the mat has to sit against something: the side of a bath, the lip of a shower tray, a kitchen cabinet plinth or a door threshold. The flat edge goes against the obstacle and the rounded side faces into the room, so there is no gap for water to land on bare floor and no corner to trip on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a front door, the semicircle also leaves the door free to swing over the curved side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse it under the shower or tap, press out the water and hang it or lay it flat to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash, tumble dry or use bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift it every few days so the floor underneath can dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll it, do not fold it, when you put it away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBathrooms where a thick rug never dries, busy family bathrooms, and front doors or kitchens that need a slim, grippy mat that does not catch the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it machine washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier says to rinse it rather than machine wash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it slip on tiles?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a rubber non-slip back. Keep the floor and the back clean so it grips properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the surface leather?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a soft fabric face over foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded mat from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Quick Drying Bath Mat at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marble-shower-curtain-set-bath-mat-toilet-cover-green-white\"\u003eMarble shower curtain set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/shower-curtain-and-toilet-mat-set-printed-12-hooks-4-designs\"\u003eShower curtain and toilet mat set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/turbo-propeller-shower-head-handheld-fan-filter\"\u003eTurbo propeller shower head\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shower-bath\"\u003eshower and bath\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/fb24a8dd-aa0b-44dd-bb3c-0bced3850403.jpg\" alt=\"Quick drying bath mat in oval shapes and colours on bathroom floors, four photos\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige \/ Oval \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173571379361,"sku":"CJJT129613231EV","price":31.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Oval \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173571412129,"sku":"CJJT129613232FU","price":35.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Oval \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173571444897,"sku":"CJJT129613233GT","price":39.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Semicircle \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173571477665,"sku":"CJJT129613234HS","price":34.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Semicircle \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173571510433,"sku":"CJJT129613235IR","price":36.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Semicircle \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173571543201,"sku":"CJJT129613236JQ","price":43.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Oval \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173571575969,"sku":"CJJT129613207GT","price":33.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Oval \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173571608737,"sku":"CJJT129613208HS","price":39.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Oval \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173571641505,"sku":"CJJT129613209IR","price":44.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Semicircle \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173571674273,"sku":"CJJT129613210JQ","price":36.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Semicircle \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173571707041,"sku":"CJJT129613211KP","price":39.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Semicircle \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173571739809,"sku":"CJJT129613212LO","price":42.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Oval \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173571772577,"sku":"CJJT129613201AZ","price":33.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Oval \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173571805345,"sku":"CJJT129613202BY","price":38.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Oval \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173571838113,"sku":"CJJT129613203CX","price":43.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Semicircle \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173571870881,"sku":"CJJT129613204DW","price":36.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Semicircle \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173571903649,"sku":"CJJT129613205EV","price":39.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Semicircle \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173571936417,"sku":"CJJT129613206FU","price":44.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ Oval \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173571969185,"sku":"CJJT129613219SH","price":33.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ Oval \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173572001953,"sku":"CJJT129613220TG","price":39.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ Oval \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173572034721,"sku":"CJJT129613221UF","price":44.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ Semicircle \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173572067489,"sku":"CJJT129613222VE","price":36.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ Semicircle \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173572100257,"sku":"CJJT129613223WD","price":39.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ Semicircle \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173572133025,"sku":"CJJT129613224XC","price":42.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Oval \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173572165793,"sku":"CJJT129613225YB","price":31.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Oval \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173572198561,"sku":"CJJT129613226ZA","price":35.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Oval \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173572231329,"sku":"CJJT129613227AZ","price":39.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Semicircle \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173572264097,"sku":"CJJT129613228BY","price":34.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Semicircle \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173572296865,"sku":"CJJT129613229CX","price":36.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Semicircle \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173572329633,"sku":"CJJT129613230DW","price":38.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Oval \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173572362401,"sku":"CJJT129613213MN","price":33.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Oval \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173572395169,"sku":"CJJT129613214NM","price":39.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Oval \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173572427937,"sku":"CJJT129613215OL","price":44.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Semicircle \/ 40x60cm","offer_id":47173572460705,"sku":"CJJT129613216PK","price":36.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Semicircle \/ 50x80cm","offer_id":47173572493473,"sku":"CJJT129613217QJ","price":39.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Semicircle \/ 60x90cm","offer_id":47173572526241,"sku":"CJJT129613218RI","price":42.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/fb24a8dd-aa0b-44dd-bb3c-0bced3850403.jpg?v=1789100036"},{"product_id":"shell-bathroom-accessories-set-resin-toothbrush-holder-soap-dispenser","title":"Shell Bathroom Accessories Set – Light Luxury Resin Toothbrush Holder, Soap Dispenser, Lotion Bottle, Cups and Trays, Wash Set 5.0","description":"\u003ch2\u003eShell Bathroom Accessories Set – Resin Pieces with Shell Inlay\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shell bathroom accessories set is a range of matching vanity pieces in white resin with a band of shell inlay: toothbrush holders, a lotion bottle with a pump, cups, trays, a soap dish and a lidded swab box. The supplier calls the style \"light luxury\", and the photos bear that out. The resin has a soft, milky marble look and the shell band adds a shimmer of cream, pink and brown. Easy Life Markets sells it as complete sets of four to seven pieces or as single pieces, so you can buy exactly what your basin needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe photos show the pieces grouped on a long tray beside a basin, holding electric toothbrushes, a toothpaste tube, a bar of soap and cotton buds. The toothbrushes and toiletries are there for display. The supplier's packing list wording is unclear, so do not expect any toothbrushes in the parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Pieces and Their Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sizes are taken from the supplier's dimension photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize shown\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall rack (toothbrush holder)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm wide, 10 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare block with holes in the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge rack (toothbrush holder)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 cm wide, 10 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree holes, about 3.5 and 4 cm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmulsion (lotion) bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 cm wide, 17 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChrome-look pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMouth cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 cm across, 10.5 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound tumbler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoap tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 × 8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShell inlay across the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwab box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm wide, 10 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid with chrome-look knob\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5 × 19 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide vanity tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.5 × 10.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong, narrow tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four piece bathroom set, Five piece bathroom set, Six piece Bathroom Set, Bathroom seven piece set, Washing and gargling four piece set, Five piece wash and gargle set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle pieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Emulsion bottle, Large rack, Small rack, Mouth cup, Soap tray, Swab box, Large tray, Small tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrices run from the single small rack at the low end to the seven piece set at the top, and the selector shows the price for each option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bathroom vanity accessory set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resin, according to the supplier, with a shell inlay band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marbled resin with a natural shell band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light luxury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOld title reference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wash Set 5.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in each set.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not list the contents of each set. The photos suggest that the smaller sets combine a tray, cups and a toothbrush rack, and that the seven piece set adds the lotion bottle, soap dish and swab box. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm the pieces before ordering a set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Shell\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier names it a shell set and the band looks like natural shell pieces set in resin. We have no further detail on the shell material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToothbrushes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's packing list mentions an \"electric toothbrush set\". The listing does not include toothbrushes. The phrase seems to describe the holder set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMuddled colour list.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's colour field is a garbled list of set names. It does not describe extra colours. White with the shell band is the only finish in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weights, pump capacity, whether the trays have non-slip feet and whether pieces are dishwasher safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Shell Inlay\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShell inlay uses thin pieces of shell set into a surface, usually for the shimmer of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Nacre\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003enacre\u003c\/a\u003e, the iridescent inner layer of many shells, also called mother of pearl. It has been used on furniture, boxes and jewellery for a very long time. Setting it into resin, as here, protects the shell and makes the pieces easier to keep clean, while keeping the soft rainbow sheen that shifts as the light moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting a Set Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tray gathers everything into one spot and makes wiping the basin top much quicker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA cup and a toothbrush rack cover the daily essentials for one or two people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe lotion bottle can hold hand soap, lotion or a cleanser, refilled from a larger bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe swab box keeps cotton buds or pads dry and dust-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe soap dish lets bar soap drain instead of sitting in a puddle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatching It to Your Bathroom\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white resin and pale shell band are neutral enough for most rooms. They look most at home with white or cream basins, chrome or brushed nickel taps and light marble or stone-effect tiles, where the shell picks up the warm tones. Against dark tiles or black fittings the pieces stand out more, which can work well if you want the vanity to be a focal point. Pair them with white or sand-coloured towels to keep the look calm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash by hand in warm, soapy water and dry with a soft cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive pads and strong chemicals, which can dull resin and shell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmpty and rinse the toothbrush holders and cups often, as water collects in the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResin can chip if dropped on a hard floor, so handle the pieces with care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuest bathrooms and en-suites that need a coordinated, slightly dressy look, and anyone replacing a mix of odd plastic cups and dishes with matching pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy one piece?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Each piece is available on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre toothbrushes included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They are props in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in the five piece set?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not list it. Please ask us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Shell Bathroom Accessories Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook\"\u003eStainless steel bathroom accessory set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marble-shower-curtain-set-bath-mat-toilet-cover-green-white\"\u003eMarble shower curtain set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/green-resin-soap-dispenser-500ml-emerald\"\u003eGreen resin soap dispenser\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-decor\"\u003ehome decor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1621994555803.jpg\" alt=\"Shell bathroom accessories set with tray, cups and toothbrush holder in white resin\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Bathroom seven piece set","offer_id":47173584715937,"sku":"CJYS114403606FU","price":117.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Emulsion bottle","offer_id":47173584748705,"sku":"CJYS114403607GT","price":40.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Five piece bathroom set","offer_id":47173584781473,"sku":"CJYS114403604DW","price":107.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Five piece wash and gargle set","offer_id":47173584814241,"sku":"CJYS114403602BY","price":81.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Four piece bathroom set","offer_id":47173584847009,"sku":"CJYS114403603CX","price":69.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large rack","offer_id":47173584879777,"sku":"CJYS114403608HS","price":35.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large tray","offer_id":47173584912545,"sku":"CJYS114403614NM","price":42.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mouth cup","offer_id":47173584945313,"sku":"CJYS114403610JQ","price":30.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Six piece Bathroom Set","offer_id":47173584978081,"sku":"CJYS114403605EV","price":105.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small rack","offer_id":47173585010849,"sku":"CJYS114403609IR","price":30.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Small tray","offer_id":47173585043617,"sku":"CJYS114403613MN","price":39.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Soap tray","offer_id":47173585076385,"sku":"CJYS114403611KP","price":31.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Swab box","offer_id":47173585109153,"sku":"CJYS114403612LO","price":36.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Washing and gargling four piec","offer_id":47173585141921,"sku":"CJYS114403601AZ","price":74.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1621994555803.jpg?v=1789100253"},{"product_id":"turbo-propeller-shower-head-handheld-fan-filter","title":"Turbo Propeller Shower Head – Handheld Showerhead with 360 Degree Fan, Rainfall Spray, One-Key Switch, Filter and Holder Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTurbo Propeller Shower Head – Handheld, with PP Cotton Filter Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis turbo propeller shower head is a handheld head with a clear front and a small coloured fan inside that spins as the water flows through it. The handle is a clear tube that holds a replaceable PP cotton filter, and there is a one-touch switch on the neck to adjust or pause the flow. Easy Life Markets sells it in gold, blue, red, purple and silver, alone or in sets with spare filters, a hose and a holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's product photos show the head as about 75 mm across and 260 mm long. The spray face is a round plate of fine holes, and the fan sits behind it, visible through the clear casing. The supplier describes the head as water saving and high pressure, with a rain function. The material is ABS plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handheld shower head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 75 mm, from the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 260 mm, from the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpray:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rain pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e One-key switch on the neck to adjust the flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter:\u003c\/strong\u003e PP cotton cartridge in the handle, about 24 mm across and 70 to 80 mm long as shown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold, Blue, Red, Purple, Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMaking Sense of the Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are 73 options in the selector, which can be confusing. They fall into these groups:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlain colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Gold, Purple, Red, Silver, and Blue1, Purple1, Red1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade versions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Gold, Red and Silver upgrade, Upgrade07Purple and Upgrade07silver. The supplier describes the upgrade as having the one-key water flow switch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith filter element:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Gold, Red and Silver upgrade heads and Purple1, each supplied with a filter cartridge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA and B sets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Gold and Silver upgrade A Set, and Blue, Gold upgrade B Set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-head sets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2pcs set1, Set3 and Set4, and 3pcs set1 to Set4.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumbered sets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set1 to Set38.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpare filters only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filter element (1), 4pc, 9pc and 10pcs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's option photos show the different bundles: a head with one spare filter, heads with five spare filters, pairs and threes of heads, and some sets with a metal hose, a wall holder and a small fitting. The supplier does not list the exact contents of each numbered set in words. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with the option name and we will confirm what comes in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"High pressure\" and \"water saving\".\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's claims. No flow rate or pressure rating is given. A head with smaller holes feels stronger at the same pressure, and a pause switch helps save water, but results depend on your supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fan.\u003c\/strong\u003e The propeller spins in the water flow and is mainly for looks. The supplier does not claim it changes the spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter.\u003c\/strong\u003e PP cotton is a sediment filter. It catches rust flakes and grit. The supplier makes no claim that it softens water or removes chlorine, and neither do we.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo handle styles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plain colour photos show a clear handle with the white filter visible inside. The \"upgrade\" photos show a chrome-look handle with the filter hidden inside it, marked \"with filter element\". Check the photo for the option you choose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread size.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated. Most handheld heads use a standard hose fitting, but check yours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flow rate, filter life, hose length and the contents of each numbered set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFilters and Hard Water\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA sediment filter like the PP cotton cartridge here catches particles, which is useful in older buildings with rusty pipes. What it does not do is deal with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Hard_water\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ehard water\u003c\/a\u003e, which is water carrying dissolved calcium and magnesium. Those minerals pass through and leave limescale on the spray plate over time. If you live in a hard water area, expect to clean the face of the head regularly whatever filter is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnscrew your existing handheld head from the hose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the thread on the new head matches your hose. Fit the washer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew it on by hand until snug. Do not overtighten plastic threads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the water and check for drips at the joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your set includes a holder, fix it to the wall where the head will sit at a comfortable height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChanging the Filter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow often depends on your water. In a building with clean supply pipes a cartridge can last weeks, while rusty or gritty water will discolour it much sooner. Unscrew the base of the clear handle, take out the old cartridge and push in a new one. When the cartridge turns brown or the flow drops, it is time to change it. The spare filter options let you keep a few on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the head after use and wipe the face to stop scale building up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoak the head in diluted white vinegar now and then to clear limescale, then rinse well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive pads on the clear casing, as they will scratch it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone wanting a cheap, cheerful upgrade to a plain handheld shower, homes with gritty or rusty supply water, and children or adults who like seeing the fan spin as they shower. It also makes a handy spare head to keep in the cupboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fit my hose?\u003c\/strong\u003e The thread size is not stated. Most standard hoses take this type of head, but please check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the filter soften water?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a sediment filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in Set12?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier shows bundles in photos but does not list them in words. Ask us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded shower head from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Turbo Propeller Shower Head at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/shower-panel-system-6-mode-led-stainless-steel-body-jets\"\u003eShower panel system\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/waterfall-bathroom-sink-faucet-single-lever-basin-mixer\"\u003eWaterfall bathroom sink faucet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/quick-drying-bath-mat-absorbent-non-slip-oval-semicircle\"\u003eQuick drying bath mat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shower-bath\"\u003eshower and bath\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b70a953d-4f59-40a3-b0ce-80a482b9a40f.jpg\" alt=\"Turbo propeller shower head with clear filter handle and purple fan, two heads shown\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"2pcs Set3","offer_id":47173590122657,"sku":"CJYS148873037KP","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2pcs Set4","offer_id":47173590155425,"sku":"CJYS148873035IR","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2pcs set1","offer_id":47173590188193,"sku":"CJYS148873033GT","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3pcs Set2","offer_id":47173590220961,"sku":"CJYS148873039MN","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3pcs Set3","offer_id":47173590253729,"sku":"CJYS148873038LO","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3pcs Set4","offer_id":47173590286497,"sku":"CJYS148873036JQ","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3pcs set1","offer_id":47173590319265,"sku":"CJYS148873034HS","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":47173590352033,"sku":"CJYS148873005EV","price":29.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue upgrad with filter elemen","offer_id":47173590384801,"sku":"CJYS148873011KP","price":28.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue upgrade","offer_id":47173590417569,"sku":"CJYS148873006FU","price":28.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue upgrade A Set","offer_id":47173590450337,"sku":"CJYS148873015OL","price":29.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue upgrade B Set","offer_id":47173590483105,"sku":"CJYS148873018RI","price":34.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue1","offer_id":47173590515873,"sku":"CJYS148873021UF","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Filter element","offer_id":47173590548641,"sku":"CJYS148873023WD","price":26.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Filter element 10pcs","offer_id":47173590581409,"sku":"CJYS148873066NM","price":36.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Filter element 4pc","offer_id":47173590614177,"sku":"CJYS148873024XC","price":29.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Filter element 9pc","offer_id":47173590646945,"sku":"CJYS148873071SH","price":35.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":47173590679713,"sku":"CJYS148873001AZ","price":29.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold upgrade","offer_id":47173590712481,"sku":"CJYS148873007GT","price":28.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold upgrade A Set","offer_id":47173590745249,"sku":"CJYS148873014NM","price":29.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold upgrade B Set","offer_id":47173590778017,"sku":"CJYS148873017QJ","price":34.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold upgrade with filter eleme","offer_id":47173590810785,"sku":"CJYS148873010JQ","price":28.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":47173590843553,"sku":"CJYS148873002BY","price":29.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple1","offer_id":47173590876321,"sku":"CJYS148873019SH","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple1 with filter eleme","offer_id":47173590909089,"sku":"CJYS148873020TG","price":28.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":47173590941857,"sku":"CJYS148873003CX","price":29.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red upgrade","offer_id":47173590974625,"sku":"CJYS148873008HS","price":28.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red upgrade with filter elemen","offer_id":47173591007393,"sku":"CJYS148873013MN","price":28.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red1","offer_id":47173591040161,"sku":"CJYS148873022VE","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set1","offer_id":47173591072929,"sku":"CJYS148873025YB","price":34.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set10","offer_id":47173591105697,"sku":"CJYS148873043QJ","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set11","offer_id":47173591138465,"sku":"CJYS148873044RI","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set12","offer_id":47173591171233,"sku":"CJYS148873045SH","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set13","offer_id":47173591204001,"sku":"CJYS148873046TG","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set14","offer_id":47173591236769,"sku":"CJYS148873047UF","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set15","offer_id":47173591269537,"sku":"CJYS148873048VE","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set16","offer_id":47173591302305,"sku":"CJYS148873049WD","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set17","offer_id":47173591335073,"sku":"CJYS148873050XC","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set18","offer_id":47173591367841,"sku":"CJYS148873051YB","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set19","offer_id":47173591400609,"sku":"CJYS148873052ZA","price":43.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set2","offer_id":47173591433377,"sku":"CJYS148873026ZA","price":34.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set20","offer_id":47173591466145,"sku":"CJYS148873053AZ","price":43.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set21","offer_id":47173591498913,"sku":"CJYS148873054BY","price":53.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set22","offer_id":47173591531681,"sku":"CJYS148873055CX","price":53.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set23","offer_id":47173591564449,"sku":"CJYS148873056DW","price":53.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set24","offer_id":47173591597217,"sku":"CJYS148873057EV","price":53.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set25","offer_id":47173591629985,"sku":"CJYS148873058FU","price":55.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set26","offer_id":47173591662753,"sku":"CJYS148873059GT","price":53.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set27","offer_id":47173591695521,"sku":"CJYS148873060HS","price":53.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set28","offer_id":47173591728289,"sku":"CJYS148873061IR","price":53.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set29","offer_id":47173591761057,"sku":"CJYS148873062JQ","price":53.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set3","offer_id":47173591793825,"sku":"CJYS148873027AZ","price":34.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set30","offer_id":47173591826593,"sku":"CJYS148873063KP","price":53.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set31","offer_id":47173591859361,"sku":"CJYS148873064LO","price":53.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set32","offer_id":47173591892129,"sku":"CJYS148873065MN","price":53.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set33","offer_id":47173591924897,"sku":"CJYS148873067OL","price":41.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set34","offer_id":47173591957665,"sku":"CJYS148873068PK","price":41.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set35","offer_id":47173591990433,"sku":"CJYS148873069QJ","price":41.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set36","offer_id":47173592023201,"sku":"CJYS148873070RI","price":41.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set37","offer_id":47173592055969,"sku":"CJYS148873072TG","price":59.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set38","offer_id":47173592088737,"sku":"CJYS148873073UF","price":59.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set4","offer_id":47173592121505,"sku":"CJYS148873028BY","price":34.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set5","offer_id":47173592154273,"sku":"CJYS148873030DW","price":34.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set6","offer_id":47173592187041,"sku":"CJYS148873031EV","price":35.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set7","offer_id":47173592219809,"sku":"CJYS148873040NM","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set8","offer_id":47173592252577,"sku":"CJYS148873041OL","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set9","offer_id":47173592285345,"sku":"CJYS148873042PK","price":44.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":47173592318113,"sku":"CJYS148873004DW","price":29.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver upgrad with filter elem","offer_id":47173592350881,"sku":"CJYS148873012LO","price":28.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver upgrade","offer_id":47173592383649,"sku":"CJYS148873009IR","price":28.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver upgrade A Set","offer_id":47173592416417,"sku":"CJYS148873016PK","price":29.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgrade07Purple","offer_id":47173592449185,"sku":"CJYS148873029CX","price":28.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgrade07silver","offer_id":47173592481953,"sku":"CJYS148873032FU","price":28.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b70a953d-4f59-40a3-b0ce-80a482b9a40f.jpg?v=1789100391"},{"product_id":"bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook","title":"Bathroom Accessory Set – Stainless Steel Single Bar Towel Rack, Towel Ring, Roll Holder and Hook, Sets or Single Pieces","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBathroom Accessory Set – Stainless Steel Towel Bar, Towel Ring, Roll Holder and Hook\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bathroom accessory set is four matching wall pieces in 304 stainless steel: a single-bar towel rack, an oval towel ring, a toilet roll holder and a robe hook. Each one sits on a rounded, oval back plate, so they read as a family when they go up together. Easy Life Markets sells the full set in brushed gold, black or silver, and the gold pieces are also sold one at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat last point matters more than it sounds. Plenty of people only need to replace one tired fitting, or want a second hook by the door without buying another towel ring they have nowhere to put. Pick the four-piece set if you are doing the room in one go, or pick the single gold item you are missing. The supplier's photos show the gold version on a grey textured wall, with a towel hanging on the bar and the ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Get With Each Option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-piece set (gold, black or silver):\u003c\/strong\u003e one robe hook, one toilet roll holder, one towel ring and one towel bar (the supplier calls it a hanging rod).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold hanging pole:\u003c\/strong\u003e the towel bar on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold single hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e one robe hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaper towel holder gold:\u003c\/strong\u003e the short single bar that holds a toilet roll.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowel ring gold:\u003c\/strong\u003e the oval ring on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's information also mentions a three-piece set. That option is not offered here. The singles are only listed in gold, so if you need one extra black or silver piece, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes From the Supplier's Drawing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures are read from the supplier's dimension photo. The written specification does not give sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate \/ projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTowel bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mm long (about 12.8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStands about 80 mm off the wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTowel ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 130 mm (about 7.9 × 5.1 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate about 40 mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToilet roll holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm long (about 6.3 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate about 45 mm, stands about 80 mm off the wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobe hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate 100 × 45 mm (about 3.9 × 1.8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook stands about 40 mm off the wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 325 mm towel bar is short. It suits a hand towel or a folded bath towel, not a large bath sheet spread out flat. If you want to dry a full-size towel open, the ring and the bar together, or a longer rail, will work better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless steel, as stated by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushed (the supplier lists it as a \"drawing\" finish), in gold, black or silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black four-piece set, gold four-piece set, silver four-piece set, gold hanging pole, gold single hook, toilet roll holder in gold, towel ring in gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKUs:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJYS165965106FU (black set), CJYS165965105EV (gold set), CJYS165965107GT (silver set), CJYS165965104DW (gold bar), CJYS165965101AZ (gold hook), CJYS165965102BY (gold roll holder), CJYS165965103CX (gold ring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThings We Want You to Know First\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fixes to the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether the pieces are screwed, glued or self-adhesive, and no fixings are visible in the photos. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if this decides it for you, for example if you rent and cannot drill tiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe finishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold and silver are brushed, with a fine grain rather than a mirror shine. The black looks matt in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe name.\u003c\/strong\u003e The old listing called it a \"pendant\". It is not a light fitting. It is towel and toilet roll hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Load ratings, fixing method, whether screws and wall plugs are included, and the weight of each piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy 304 Stainless Steel Is Used in Bathrooms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrade 304 is the most common \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Stainless_steel\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003estainless steel\u003c\/a\u003e. Its chromium content forms a thin oxide layer that resists rust in damp rooms far better than plain steel. It is not indestructible. Strong bleach, chlorine cleaners and abrasive pads can mark it, and on coloured finishes they can wear through the coating. Treat it gently and it keeps its look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put Each Piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToilet roll holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e within easy reach of the seat, usually slightly in front of it and around 60 to 70 cm off the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowel ring:\u003c\/strong\u003e next to the basin for a hand towel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowel bar:\u003c\/strong\u003e near the shower or bath, away from direct spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook:\u003c\/strong\u003e behind the door or beside the shower for a robe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck behind the wall for pipes and cables before you drill, and use fixings that suit your wall, whether that is tile, plasterboard or masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a soft damp cloth and a little mild soap, then dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimescale: a diluted vinegar wipe, rinsed off promptly, is usually enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid bleach, scouring powder and wire wool, especially on the gold and black finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone refreshing a bathroom or cloakroom on a budget, people matching gold taps or handles, and anyone who needs to replace a single missing fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bathroom accessory set solid stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier states 304 stainless steel. We have not tested the material ourselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy a single piece in black?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not from the current options. Singles are listed in gold only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the brand as Baifei. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for the brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Bathroom Accessory Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/waterfall-bathroom-sink-faucet-single-lever-basin-mixer\"\u003eWaterfall bathroom sink faucet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-mirror-cabinet-bathroom-wall-mounted-60-to-140cm\"\u003eLED mirror cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pedestal-sink-storage-cabinet-u-cut-out-adjustable-shelf-white\"\u003ePedestal sink storage cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shower-bath\"\u003eshower and bath\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/toilets-accessories\"\u003etoilet accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/43d6f2c5-9f07-4c79-ac52-33adbecfb8b3.jpg\" alt=\"Bathroom accessory set in brushed gold with hook, towel ring, roll holder and towel bar on a grey wall\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black fourpiece set","offer_id":47173593792673,"sku":"CJYS165965106FU","price":38.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold fourpiece set","offer_id":47173593825441,"sku":"CJYS165965105EV","price":39.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold hanging pole","offer_id":47173593858209,"sku":"CJYS165965104DW","price":29.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold single hook","offer_id":47173593890977,"sku":"CJYS165965101AZ","price":27.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Paper Towel Holder Gold","offer_id":47173593923745,"sku":"CJYS165965102BY","price":27.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver fourpiece set","offer_id":47173593956513,"sku":"CJYS165965107GT","price":38.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Towel Ring Gold","offer_id":47173593989281,"sku":"CJYS165965103CX","price":28.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/43d6f2c5-9f07-4c79-ac52-33adbecfb8b3.jpg?v=1789100426"},{"product_id":"waterfall-bathroom-sink-faucet-single-lever-basin-mixer","title":"Waterfall Bathroom Sink Faucet – Single Lever Basin Mixer, 6 Finishes (Faucet Only)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWaterfall Bathroom Sink Faucet – Single Lever Basin Mixer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis waterfall bathroom sink faucet is a single-hole basin mixer with a flat, open spout that lets water fall in a wide sheet rather than a round stream. The body rises in a tall curve and a slim lever on the side controls flow and temperature. Easy Life Markets sells it in six finishes: silver, black, black and silver, black and gold, white with gold, and brushed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlease read this part before anything else. The previous title of this listing described a vanity cabinet with a sink and faucet combo. That was wrong. The supplier's specification, packing list and photos all show one item: the faucet. There is no cabinet and no basin in the box. We have corrected the title so nobody orders expecting furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list reads \"Faucet × 1\". Its parts photo shows the faucet together with two braided flexible supply hoses, rubber washers and a threaded fixing sleeve, which are the parts you normally need to fit a deck-mounted mixer. If you want the exact contents confirmed, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are read from the supplier's dimension drawing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight of the spout body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight to the top of the lever\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight of the flat spout head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat (mounting) diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drawing also marks 6 cm and 4 cm along the base. The reach of the spout, the measurement from the body to where the water lands, is not given. On a shallow or small basin, check that the water will fall into the bowl and not onto the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-hole, deck-mounted basin mixer for a bathroom sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single lever, lift-type operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper, as stated by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted finish, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Black and gold, Black and silver, Brushed, Silver, White with gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKUs:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJYS140242701AZ (black), CJYS140242702BY (silver), CJYS140242703CX (white with gold), CJYS140242704DW (black and gold), CJYS140242705EV (black and silver), CJYS140242706FU (brushed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaucet only.\u003c\/strong\u003e No vanity, cabinet or basin is included, despite the old listing name.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHot and cold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it a mixing faucet and the photos show two supply hoses, so it is designed to take both a hot and a cold feed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe finishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos, \"silver\" is a bright chrome-look finish and \"brushed\" has a satin, nickel-like look. The two-tone versions combine a coloured body with a gold or chrome trim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hose length, thread size of the hoses, cartridge type, flow rate, water pressure range, and whether a drain or pop-up waste is supplied. We do not see a waste in the parts photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow a Single-Lever Mixer Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Tap_(valve)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003etap\u003c\/a\u003e with one lever uses a cartridge inside the body. Lifting the lever opens the flow, and swinging it left or right blends hot and cold. Compared with two separate taps it is quicker to use and needs only one hole in the basin or counter. On a waterfall spout the water leaves through a wide, flat outlet, so it falls more softly and makes less splash at moderate flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Fit It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour basin or worktop needs a single tap hole. The supplier gives a seat diameter of 3.5 cm, so check your hole size and the space around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the hoses will reach your isolation valves, and that their threads match. Adapters are cheap if they do not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn off the water supply before removing an old tap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the water for a minute after fitting to clear debris, and check every joint for drips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are not comfortable with plumbing, ask a plumber. A small leak under a sink can do a lot of damage before anyone notices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a soft cloth and mild soapy water, then dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove limescale with a gentle, diluted cleaner. Do not leave it to sit on the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive pads, powders and strong acid or bleach products, especially on the black, white and gold finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatching the Finish to Your Bathroom\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finish matters more on a tap than on almost anything else in the room, because it sits at eye level and gets touched every day. A few practical pointers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilver:\u003c\/strong\u003e the safest choice if your shower, towel rails and handles are already chrome-look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrushed:\u003c\/strong\u003e softer than silver and hides water marks and fingerprints better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack:\u003c\/strong\u003e a strong outline against a white basin. Hard water can leave pale spots on it, so dry it after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack and gold, black and silver, white with gold:\u003c\/strong\u003e two-tone versions that work best when one of the colours is repeated elsewhere, such as gold towel hardware or a black mirror frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are unsure how a finish will look next to your other fittings, compare the supplier's photos side by side on this page before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople replacing a basin tap in a modern bathroom, cloakroom refits, and anyone matching a black or gold colour scheme. Pair it with a separate vanity or basin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the waterfall bathroom sink faucet come with a sink?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is the faucet only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it for one tap hole?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It is a single-hole, deck-mounted mixer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre hoses included?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's parts photo shows two braided hoses. Their length is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is listed. It is an unbranded faucet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Waterfall Bathroom Sink Faucet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and keep the faucet unused and in its packaging until you have checked that it suits your basin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/30-inch-gray-bathroom-vanity-single-sink-2-doors-drawer\"\u003e30 inch gray bathroom vanity\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/30-inch-bathroom-vanity-with-drawers-sink-soft-close\"\u003e30 inch bathroom vanity with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook\"\u003eStainless steel bathroom accessory set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vanities-sinks\"\u003evanities and sinks\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2c0c06d6-fed3-4b1a-92c2-c0e0d5c65871.jpg\" alt=\"Waterfall bathroom sink faucet in silver with curved body and side lever\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173622923425,"sku":"CJYS140242701AZ","price":109.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and gold","offer_id":47173622956193,"sku":"CJYS140242704DW","price":109.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and silver","offer_id":47173622988961,"sku":"CJYS140242705EV","price":109.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brushed color","offer_id":47173623021729,"sku":"CJYS140242706FU","price":109.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":47173623054497,"sku":"CJYS140242702BY","price":109.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White with gold","offer_id":47173623087265,"sku":"CJYS140242703CX","price":109.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2c0c06d6-fed3-4b1a-92c2-c0e0d5c65871.jpg?v=1789100823"},{"product_id":"led-mirror-cabinet-wall-mounted-60-to-140-cm-grey-wood","title":"LED Mirror Cabinet – Wall Mounted Bathroom Mirror Cabinet with Light Panel and Open Shelf, 60 to 140 cm, Grey or Wood Colour","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLED Mirror Cabinet – Wall Mounted, 60 to 140 cm Wide, Grey or Wood Colour\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis LED mirror cabinet is a wall-hung bathroom cabinet with mirrored doors, a lit panel set into one door and an open shelf running along the bottom. Every size is 75 cm high and 14 cm deep, and you choose the width from 60 cm up to 140 cm in 10 cm steps. Easy Life Markets sells it with a dark grey frame or a warm wood colour frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt gives you a mirror, a light and closed storage in one piece above the basin, with a small open niche below for everyday items. The supplier's room photo shows the three-door version above a stone basin with a wall-mounted tap, with a soap dish, small plants and a bottle standing in the lit niche. The supplier titles it a smart cabinet with LED lights and an anti-fog function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list reads \"Bath mirror cabinet × 1\". It does not list wall fixings, a power cable, a plug or instructions. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you need those confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes and Door Layout\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll figures come from the supplier's dimension photos. Every option is 75 cm high and 14 cm deep, and the open shelf at the bottom is 16.5 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth (inches, approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoors shown\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoor widths shown (cm)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.3 + 26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.3 + 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.3 + 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 + 44 + 26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 + 46 + 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 + 46 + 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 + 46 + 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 + 46 + 45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInch figures are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-hung mirror cabinet with an LED light panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey (dark charcoal in the photos) or Wood color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 and 140 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight and depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 cm and 14 cm for every width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mirrored doors over a built-in compartment, with an open shelf below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e A rounded-square LED panel on one door, with a small control strip under it in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall hanging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple and modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet material:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists solid wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are 18 options in all: two frame colours across nine widths. The price rises with the width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Lens material: solid wood\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's sheet gives this for the mirror, which cannot be right. The doors are mirrored in every photo. We do not know the glass type or thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood\" cabinet.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's wording and we cannot confirm it from the photos. Treat it as a claim, not a verified fact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-fog.\u003c\/strong\u003e The title says anti-fog. The supplier does not explain how it works, which part of the mirror it covers or how it is switched on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControls.\u003c\/strong\u003e A small strip under the lit panel looks like a control area. Its functions, such as dimming or colour change, are not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting in the room photo.\u003c\/strong\u003e One photo shows a warm glow along the open shelf and under the cabinet. Whether that light comes with every option is not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInside the cabinet.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show the doors closed, so the number of inner shelves is not shown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power supply, plug type or hard-wiring, voltage, wattage, light colour, weight, inner shelf count and mounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Mirror Cabinets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Medicine_cabinet\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003emedicine cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e above the basin has been a bathroom fixture for generations because it puts storage exactly where you use it, behind a mirror you need anyway. Modern versions like this one add light, which matters more than it sounds. A ceiling light behind you throws your face into shadow, while a lit panel on the mirror lights you from the front, which makes shaving and make-up easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Width\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatch the cabinet to the basin or vanity below it. A cabinet the same width as the vanity, or a little narrower, usually looks right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 60 cm model has one door, 70 to 90 cm have two, and 100 cm and up have three.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck where the tap, wall light and any switches sit, so the doors can open fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 14 cm deep the cabinet stands well clear of the wall, so allow head room if it hangs over a basin you lean into.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a heavy wall cabinet with an electrical light, so plan the fitting before it arrives:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFind solid fixing points. Use fixings suited to your wall, especially on plasterboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecide how the light will be powered. The supplier does not say whether it plugs in or is wired in. Any fixed wiring in a bathroom should be done by a qualified electrician.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark a level line. The usual height puts the centre of the mirror around eye level for the main user.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift it with two people and check it is level before loading the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the mirror with a soft cloth and a glass cleaner sprayed onto the cloth, not onto the light panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame with a damp cloth and dry it, particularly along the open shelf where water splashes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun an extractor fan or open a window after showers to keep moisture down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBathrooms where the basin wall is the only storage space, families who share one mirror, and anyone replacing a plain mirror and a separate wall light with one unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 cm, about 5.5 inches, for every width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many doors does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e One at 60 cm, two at 70 to 90 cm and three from 100 cm, as shown in the dimension photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it plug in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The power arrangement is not stated. Please ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. It is an unbranded LED mirror cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the LED Mirror Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as large wall cabinets can be costly to send back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/waterfall-bathroom-sink-faucet-single-lever-basin-mixer\"\u003eWaterfall bathroom sink faucet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gray-bathroom-vanity-30-inch-ceramic-sink-2-doors-drawer\"\u003eGray bathroom vanity, 30 inch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/shell-bathroom-accessories-set-resin-toothbrush-holder-soap-dispenser\"\u003eShell bathroom accessories set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom-storage\"\u003ebathroom storage\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vanities-sinks\"\u003evanities and sinks\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e8714989-047c-454b-a014-fbb1fdc2723b.jpg\" alt=\"LED mirror cabinet with three mirrored doors, lit panel and open shelf, dark frame, above a basin\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Grey \/ 100cm","offer_id":47173637308577,"sku":"CJSN167260914NM","price":682.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 110cm","offer_id":47173637341345,"sku":"CJSN167260915OL","price":712.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 120cm","offer_id":47173637374113,"sku":"CJSN167260916PK","price":837.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 130cm","offer_id":47173637406881,"sku":"CJSN167260917QJ","price":891.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 140cm","offer_id":47173637439649,"sku":"CJSN167260918RI","price":996.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 60cm","offer_id":47173637472417,"sku":"CJSN167260910JQ","price":514.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 70cm","offer_id":47173637505185,"sku":"CJSN167260911KP","price":544.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 80cm","offer_id":47173637537953,"sku":"CJSN167260912LO","price":623.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 90cm","offer_id":47173637570721,"sku":"CJSN167260913MN","price":653.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 100cm","offer_id":47173637603489,"sku":"CJSN167260905EV","price":682.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 110cm","offer_id":47173637636257,"sku":"CJSN167260906FU","price":712.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 120cm","offer_id":47173637669025,"sku":"CJSN167260907GT","price":837.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 130cm","offer_id":47173637701793,"sku":"CJSN167260908HS","price":891.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 140cm","offer_id":47173637734561,"sku":"CJSN167260909IR","price":996.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 60cm","offer_id":47173637767329,"sku":"CJSN167260901AZ","price":514.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 70cm","offer_id":47173637800097,"sku":"CJSN167260902BY","price":544.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 80cm","offer_id":47173637832865,"sku":"CJSN167260903CX","price":623.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wood color \/ 90cm","offer_id":47173637865633,"sku":"CJSN167260904DW","price":653.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e8714989-047c-454b-a014-fbb1fdc2723b.jpg?v=1789101108"},{"product_id":"sheep-toilet-paper-holder-black-metal-7-rolls","title":"Sheep Toilet Paper Holder – Decorative Free-Standing or Wall-Mounted Iron Toilet Roll Storage for 7 Rolls, Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSheep Toilet Paper Holder – Black Metal Stand for Seven Spare Rolls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis sheep toilet paper holder is a flat black metal sculpture of a sheep whose body is a rack for spare rolls. Stack seven rolls in it and they become the sheep's woolly coat. It stands on four thin legs beside the toilet, or it can hang on the wall from two keyhole slots on the back. Easy Life Markets sells it on its own or as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost spare-roll storage is either hidden in a cupboard or sits in a plain basket on the floor. This one is meant to be seen. It is a small joke in a room that usually has none, and it still does the practical job of keeping a week or two of paper within reach. The supplier's photos show it standing on a tiled floor next to a toilet and hanging on a green painted wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Comes in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists one toilet paper holder per order on the single option. The photos of the parts show the body with its curved roll cradle, a round head plate and two leg pieces, each a pair of legs joined at the top. The supplier states that all assembly and mounting hardware is included and that the head and legs attach to the body. The \"Black 2pcs\" option is two complete holders. Toilet rolls are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing or wall-mounted spare toilet roll holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sheep silhouette with a roll-holding body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Iron, powder coated, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 53.5 × 8.5 × 33.5 cm, about 21 inches wide and 13 inches high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seven full-size rolls, as stated and shown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stands on its legs, or hangs from two keyhole slots on the back plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black (one holder) or Black 2pcs (two holders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJJJTJT38473-Black and CJJJJTJT38473-Black 2pcs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow It Holds the Rolls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is a sheet of metal bent into a shallow cradle with a back plate behind it. In the supplier's photo the rolls sit on their sides in a honeycomb pattern, three along the bottom, three in the middle row and one on top, with the back plate stopping them falling through. The rolls rest against each other, so the arrangement holds best when it is full. When only two or three are left, they simply lie in the bottom of the cradle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8.5 cm figure in the supplier's size is the depth of the metal frame, not the depth of the stacked rolls. A standard roll is wider than that, so expect the paper to stick out in front of the frame. That is how it looks in every photo, and it is what makes the woolly coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor or wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both are shown. On the wall it hangs from two keyhole slots, so you need two screws in the wall at the right spacing. The supplier says mounting hardware is included but does not say what type of wall plug it suits, so check that against your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll size.\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Full-size rolls\" is the supplier's wording. Very large or extra-long rolls may not sit seven to a frame. No internal measurements are given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the powder coating resists corrosion in a humid bathroom. Powder coating protects iron while it is intact. If it is chipped, the bare metal underneath can rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a novelty design.\u003c\/strong\u003e It holds spare rolls. It is not a dispenser for the roll in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, sheet thickness, the screws and plugs supplied, and whether the legs can be left off when wall-mounted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKeeping Spare Paper Close\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Toilet_paper\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eToilet paper\u003c\/a\u003e is the one bathroom item everybody notices only when it has run out. Keeping spares in the room itself, where the next person can see the supply going down, solves that without a cupboard. Rolls kept in the open do pick up some steam in a bathroom with a shower, so a spot away from the shower door is better than one right next to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together and Placing It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the body face down on a towel so the coating is not scratched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the two leg pieces and the head with the supplied fixings, as the supplier describes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor floor use, stand it on a flat, dry surface beside the toilet, clear of the door swing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor wall use, mark the two keyhole positions, drill and plug the wall to suit, and leave the screw heads standing out slightly so the slots can drop over them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad the bottom row first, then the middle and the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe it with a dry or slightly damp cloth and dry it afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep bleach and bathroom cleaning sprays off the metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up any chip in the black coating with metal paint so rust does not start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMop up water around the feet if it stands next to a shower or bath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople who like a bit of humour in the house, country-style and farmhouse bathrooms, guest cloakrooms with no cupboard, and anyone shopping for a gift for someone who collects sheep. The pair option suits two bathrooms, or a matching pair either side of a doorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rolls does the sheep toilet paper holder take?\u003c\/strong\u003e Seven full-size rolls, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hang on the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It has two keyhole slots on the back, and the supplier says it mounts to the wall easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 53.5 × 8.5 × 33.5 cm, or roughly 21 × 13 inches across the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is \"Black 2pcs\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two holders instead of one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded holder from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Sheep Toilet Paper Holder at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you would like the fixings or measurements checked first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-soap-box-flip-lid-cosmetic-storage\"\u003eWall mounted soap box with flip lid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-wall-cabinet-with-towel-hooks-38cm-wood-plastic\"\u003eBathroom wall cabinet with towel hooks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/corner-shower-shelf-punch-free-wall-mounted-rack\"\u003eCorner shower shelf\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/toilets-accessories\"\u003etoilets and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-decor\"\u003ehome decor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2657938056459.jpg\" alt=\"Sheep toilet paper holder in black metal standing beside a toilet with seven rolls\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173817204897,"sku":"CJJJJTJT38473-Black","price":63.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black 2pcs","offer_id":47173817237665,"sku":"CJJJJTJT38473-Black 2pcs","price":104.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2657938056459.jpg?v=1789103169"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-laundry-basket-foldable-38cm","title":"Wall Mounted Laundry Basket – Foldable PP Hamper, 38 x 28 x 30 cm, Folds to 3 cm, White or Light Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWall Mounted Laundry Basket, Foldable, 38 × 28 × 30 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wall mounted laundry basket is a square-sided PP plastic hamper that hangs on two wall hooks, stands on the floor on its own short feet, and folds down flat to about 3 cm when you do not need it. Open, it measures 38 × 28 × 30 cm. Easy Life Markets sells it in white and light grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe old listing called it a \"storage cabinet\", which it is not. It is an open-topped basket with a cut-out handle on each side, built from panels that hinge flat. That makes it useful in exactly the places where a normal hamper gets in the way: beside a washing machine, behind a bathroom door or in a narrow utility corner. Hang it up while you fill it, lift it off to carry the washing, then fold it and hang it flat against the wall again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a packing list. The photos show two small wall hooks or mounting tabs above the basket, but the supplier does not say whether they come with it or how they attach. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need this confirmed before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eState\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 cm (15 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 cm (11 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm (11.8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 cm (15 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 cm (11 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 cm (1.2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe figures come from the supplier's dimension photo. Inch values are rounded conversions. Open, the basket holds roughly 30 litres by our calculation from the outer measurements; the supplier does not state a capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foldable laundry basket, wall-hung or freestanding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e PP (polypropylene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e White or Light Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e A cut-out hand hold on each of the four sides, as seen in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short raised corners lift the base slightly off the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolded thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 3 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJJJTYS01926\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-drill mounting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's name for this item (\"seamless wall-mounted\") suggests it hangs without drilling. The photos show a pair of small fixings on the wall. Whether these are adhesive, screw-in or both is not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Combination of storage basket and table\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's phrase. We do not see a table function in the photos and suggest you treat it as a basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight limit.\u003c\/strong\u003e None is given. A full basket of wet towels is heavy; if you hang it on adhesive hooks, take wet washing out quickly or set the basket on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey.\u003c\/strong\u003e In some photos the inside looks grey and the outside paler. Colour on screen may differ slightly from the real thing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Basket weight, maximum load, the type of wall fixings and whether they are supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Polypropylene Works Here\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Polypropylene\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePolypropylene\u003c\/a\u003e is the plastic used in many folding crates and storage boxes because it bends at a moulded hinge thousands of times without cracking. It does not absorb water, is easy to wipe clean and stands up to a damp room. It can scratch, and very cold temperatures make it more brittle, so do not drop it on a hard floor in winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a clean, flat stretch of wall near where clothes are taken off or washed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the hooks level with each other at a height where the basket is easy to load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfold the sides until they lock upright and hang the basket by its rim openings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift it off by the side handles when you are ready to carry the washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo store, fold the panels flat and hang or slide it away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLike any laundry basket, it is best kept for dry or damp laundry rather than soaking-wet items, which are heavy and can encourage mould if left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeside the washing machine.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang it at loading height so clean or dirty washing goes straight in and out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBehind the bathroom door.\u003c\/strong\u003e Clothes go in at the end of the day without a hamper taking floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a bedroom corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stand it on the floor; it is low and compact enough to tuck beside a chest of drawers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a cupboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e Folded flat, it slides between shelves or behind other things until wash day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave a little space below it when hung, so the feet do not scuff the wall or skirting, and keep it out of the direct path of a shower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe inside and out with warm soapy water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet it dry fully before folding it away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters and direct sun to stop warping and fading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the wall fixings now and then.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall flats and bathrooms without floor space for a hamper, laundry rooms where a spare basket is handy on wash day, student rooms, and holiday homes where you want storage that packs away flat. Two baskets side by side make a simple light and dark sorting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the wall mounted laundry basket?\u003c\/strong\u003e 38 × 28 × 30 cm open, 3 cm thick folded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it stand on the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The photos show it standing on its feet as well as hanging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it fold?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, flat to about 3 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e White and Light Grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is named by the supplier. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Wall Mounted Laundry Basket at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/expandable-closet-shelf-tension-no-drill\"\u003eExpandable closet shelf\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage\"\u003e3 tier wire shelving rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-bathroom-wall-cabinet-white-hooks\"\u003eSmall bathroom wall cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom-storage\"\u003ebathroom storage\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/3244030394964.jpg\" alt=\"Wall mounted laundry basket in white hanging on two wall hooks with a towel over the side, inset showing it folded flat\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Light Grey","offer_id":47173828378785,"sku":"CJJJJTYS01926-Light Grey","price":41.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":47173828411553,"sku":"CJJJJTYS01926-White","price":41.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/3244030394964.jpg?v=1789103562"},{"product_id":"expandable-closet-shelf-tension-no-drill","title":"Expandable Closet Shelf – No-Drill Tension Shelf for Wardrobes and Cabinets, White, Standard or Narrow, 29 to 95 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eExpandable Closet Shelf, No-Drill Tension Fit, Standard or Narrow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis expandable closet shelf is a white plastic frame with telescopic rods that you stretch between the two side walls of a wardrobe, cupboard or cabinet. End pads press against the sides and hold the shelf in place, so there is nothing to screw in. It comes in a standard depth of 42 cm and a narrow depth of 24 cm, in several width ranges. Easy Life Markets sells four sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost wardrobes have one fixed shelf and a lot of wasted height above it. A tension shelf splits that space into two usable layers for folded jumpers, bedding or boxes, and you can move it later without leaving holes. The supplier's main photo shows two of them in a wooden wardrobe holding folded clothes, a quilt and a storage box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes on Offer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNarrow white 29–40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 to 40 cm (11.4 to 15.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 cm (9.4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNarrow white 38–60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 to 60 cm (15 to 23.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 cm (9.4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNarrow white 56–95 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 to 95 cm (22 to 37.4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 cm (9.4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite 38–60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 to 60 cm (15 to 23.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 cm (16.5 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepths are read from the supplier's dimension photos. The supplier's list also mentions standard 56–95 cm and 74–135 cm versions, and photos show them, but they are not offered here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × expandable shelf in the size you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Telescopic tension shelf and divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic, white (the rods may have a metal core; this is not stated)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pressure between two parallel side walls; no screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65599, as given by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wardrobes, kitchen and bathroom cupboards, under-sink cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Brand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists the brand as LC SHOP. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for the brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Wall-mounted\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the mounting as wall-mounted. In practice it is a tension fit between two side panels, as the photos show. It needs two solid, parallel surfaces at the right distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad.\u003c\/strong\u003e No weight limit is stated. Tension shelves hold folded clothes and light boxes well. Heavy items like books, paint tins or a full basket can make them slip, especially on glossy panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobe sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e Thin flat-pack sides can bow outwards under tension. If yours flex, use a narrower width range so the shelf is not over-stretched or over-compressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Applicable to: Coat\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This line in the supplier text is unclear. The shelf is for laying items on, not for hanging coats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, maximum load, rod spacing and rod material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Closet Shelf Helps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Closet\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecloset\u003c\/a\u003e or wardrobe is often designed for hanging space first and folded storage second. Adding a shelf you can move means the layout can change with the seasons: summer clothes up high in winter, bulky knits up high in summer. Because there are no holes, the shelf is also a good fit for rented homes and fitted furniture you do not want to drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Fit It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the inside width of the cupboard at the height you want the shelf. Pick the option whose range includes that width, ideally near the middle of the range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the depth. The narrow version needs about 24 cm, the standard about 42 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtend the shelf until the end pads touch both sides, then extend it a little further so it sits firmly. No fitting instructions are supplied in the listing, so ask us if you are unsure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck it is level and press down firmly before loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad gradually, heaviest items near the ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIdeas for Using It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobe:\u003c\/strong\u003e a second shelf above the main one for jumpers, bags or spare bedding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder the sink:\u003c\/strong\u003e the narrow version lifts cleaning products off the cupboard floor and leaves room for the pipes behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen cupboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e stack plates on the base and bowls on the shelf, or split tall cupboards for tins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep towels on the bottom and toiletries on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShoe cupboard:\u003c\/strong\u003e add a layer so shoes are not piled on each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo or three shelves in the same cupboard work well, as long as each one has firm sides to push against.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-check the tension every few weeks, especially after moving heavier items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the load off before adjusting the width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRenters, people with tall wardrobes and only one shelf, bathroom and kitchen cupboards where items stack too high, and anyone who reorganises storage often. The narrow version suits shallow cupboards and the space above a hanging rail. If you are unsure which width to choose, measure twice at the exact height where the shelf will sit, because many cupboards are a few millimetres wider at the top than at the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools to fit the expandable closet shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It braces between two side walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e One whose width range includes your cupboard's inside width and whose depth fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e No limit is stated. Keep to folded clothes and light boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 74–135 cm size available?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not from us at the moment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists LC SHOP. See the brand note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Expandable Closet Shelf at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Prices vary by size. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any sizing question.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-laundry-basket-foldable-38cm\"\u003eWall mounted laundry basket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage\"\u003e3 tier wire shelving rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mirror-cabinet-organizer-cosmetic-storage-box\"\u003eMirror cabinet organizer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1140887954226.jpg\" alt=\"Expandable closet shelf in white, two shelves braced inside a wooden wardrobe holding folded clothes and a quilt\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Narrow white 29 40cm","offer_id":47173831327905,"sku":"CJJJJTFZ00172-Narrow white 29 40cm","price":37.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Narrow white 38 60cm","offer_id":47173831360673,"sku":"CJJJJTFZ00172-Narrow white 38 60cm","price":38.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Narrow white 56 95cm","offer_id":47173831393441,"sku":"CJJJJTFZ00172-Narrow white 56 95cm","price":43.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White 38 60cm","offer_id":47173831426209,"sku":"CJJJJTFZ00172-White 38 60cm","price":42.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1140887954226.jpg?v=1789103759"},{"product_id":"corner-shower-shelf-adhesive-wire-black-white","title":"Corner Shower Shelf – Punch-Free Iron Wire Corner Basket with Adhesive Plates, Black or White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCorner Shower Shelf – Punch-Free Iron Wire Corner Basket, Black or White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis corner shower shelf is a single-tier iron wire basket that fits into a 90-degree wall corner and hangs on adhesive wall plates, so you do not need to drill the tiles. The sides measure about 26 cm along each wall, the front rail stands about 6 cm high, and the basket comes in black or white. Easy Life Markets sells it in a range of packs, from the shelf with its plates to extra plates, hooks and multi-shelf bundles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCorners are the least used part of most bathrooms and kitchens. A shelf that sits in the angle between two walls holds shampoo bottles, shower gel, a sponge or a few jars of spices without sticking out into the room. The supplier's photos show it stacked two high in a tiled shower, holding a toilet roll and bottles, and in a kitchen corner holding sauces and jars above a worktop. The open wire base lets water drain straight through rather than pooling under your bottles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Comes with It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list names one bathroom corner stand. The option you choose decides which mounting parts come with it. Based on the option names and the supplier's photos:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or White:\u003c\/strong\u003e the basket in that colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"With double buttons\":\u003c\/strong\u003e the basket with two adhesive wall plates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"With four buttons\":\u003c\/strong\u003e the basket with four adhesive plates. The 2pc and 4pc versions bring two or four baskets with plates, according to the photos labelled \"2PC\" and \"4PC\".\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Without traces\":\u003c\/strong\u003e the supplier's term for its traceless adhesive plates, shown as tan-coloured pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIron hook, Patch and sticker options:\u003c\/strong\u003e spare parts on their own, such as one S-hook, pairs of clear adhesive plates or brushed-look 6 × 17 cm stickers. These are accessories, not shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage1 and Package2:\u003c\/strong\u003e the supplier's bundles. Package1 lists two iron hooks, four 6 × 17 brushed stickers and a black traceless shelf. Package2 lists two hooks, four stickers and a white traceless shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA and B:\u003c\/strong\u003e the supplier does not explain these two options. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before choosing them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength along each wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiagonal, corner to front\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront edge width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS-hook (wire, length, opening)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.45 × 10 × 2.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.18 × 3.9 × 1.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted corner shelf, one tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Iron wire, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black or white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adhesive wall plates with plastic hooks; the basket hangs on the hooks through two keyhole slots in its back rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple and modern, in the supplier's words\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses shown:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shower, bathroom, kitchen and desktop storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem code:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJJJTJT01821\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Wall suction\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the installation method as wall suction. The photos show flat adhesive plates with hooks, not rubber suction cups. Treat it as a stick-on mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight it can carry.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no load figure. Adhesive plates hold well on smooth, clean tile or glass and poorly on textured paint, grout lines or damp, dusty walls. Keep full family-size bottles to a sensible number and check the plates after the first few days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust.\u003c\/strong\u003e Iron is coated, not stainless. Scratches in the coating in a wet shower can rust over time. The supplier does not describe the coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStraight shelf photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e A few of the listing photos show a straight rectangular wire basket. The option list does not name a straight shelf, so we cannot confirm which option, if any, brings one. Ask us if that is what you want.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Load limit, coating type, wire thickness, the exact contents of options A and B, and how long the adhesive takes to set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Adhesive Mounting Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plates use a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Pressure-sensitive_adhesive\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epressure-sensitive adhesive\u003c\/a\u003e, the same family of glue used on tapes and labels. It bonds when it is pressed firmly onto a clean surface and grows stronger over the next day or so. That is why the preparation matters more than the shelf itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick a corner of smooth tile, glass or sealed stone. Avoid grout lines under the plate if you can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the area with alcohol or a degreaser and let it dry fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel the backing and press each plate on hard for 30 seconds, hooks facing up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the plates unloaded for a day before hanging the basket and filling it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang the basket by its keyhole slots and load the heaviest bottles nearest the corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse off soap scum now and then and wipe the wires dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive pads that can scratch the coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the plates every few weeks. If one starts to lift, empty the shelf and refit a new plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo remove a plate, warm it with a hair dryer and peel it slowly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRenters, anyone who does not want to drill tiles, small showers with no built-in niche, and kitchens with a bare corner above the worktop. Buy a two or four shelf pack if you want to stack them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to drill?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It hangs on adhesive plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 26 cm along each wall and 6 cm high at the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit a non-square corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made for a standard right-angle corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists iron, not stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is given. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Corner Shower Shelf at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and check the option name carefully, because several options are spare parts rather than a full corner shower shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/green-resin-soap-dispenser-500ml-emerald\"\u003eGreen resin soap dispenser\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-mounted-soap-box-flip-lid-3-sizes\"\u003eWall mounted soap box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/uv-toothbrush-holder-wall-mounted-toothpaste-squeezer\"\u003eUV toothbrush holder\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom-storage\"\u003ebathroom storage\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shower-bath\"\u003eshower and bath\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/47475913182868.jpg\" alt=\"Corner shower shelf in black iron wire with two adhesive wall plates that have clear hooks\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"2PC Patch 2pcs","offer_id":47173850497185,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-2PC Patch 2pcs","price":25.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4X17Brushed sticker 1pc","offer_id":47173850529953,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-4X17Brushed sticker 1pc","price":25.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4X17Brushed sticker 2pc","offer_id":47173850562721,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-4X17Brushed sticker 2pc","price":25.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"A","offer_id":47173850595489,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-A","price":31.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B","offer_id":47173850628257,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-B","price":31.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173850661025,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Black","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black with double buttons","offer_id":47173850693793,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Black with double buttons","price":31.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black with four buttons","offer_id":47173850726561,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Black with four buttons","price":30.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black with four buttons 2pc","offer_id":47173850759329,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Black with four buttons 2pc","price":36.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black with four buttons 4pc","offer_id":47173850792097,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Black with four buttons 4pc","price":50.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black without traces","offer_id":47173850824865,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Black without traces","price":30.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Iron hook 1pc","offer_id":47173850857633,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Iron hook 1pc","price":25.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Package1","offer_id":47173850890401,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Package1","price":32.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Package2","offer_id":47173850923169,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Package2","price":32.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Patch 2pcs","offer_id":47173850955937,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-Patch 2pcs","price":25.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White with double buttons","offer_id":47173850988705,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-White with double buttons","price":30.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White with four buttons","offer_id":47173851021473,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-White with four buttons","price":30.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White with four buttons 2pc","offer_id":47173851054241,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-White with four buttons 2pc","price":37.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White with four buttons 4pc","offer_id":47173851087009,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-White with four buttons 4pc","price":49.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White without traces","offer_id":47173851119777,"sku":"CJJJJTJT01821-White without traces","price":29.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/47475913182868.jpg?v=1789104390"},{"product_id":"striped-border-towel-set-70x150-bath-towel-rug-option","title":"Striped Border Towel Set – Solid Colour Cotton 3-Piece Set with 70 x 150 cm Bath Towel, Single Towels or Rug Bundles","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStriped Border Towel Set – 3 Pieces with a Large 70 x 150 cm Bath Towel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis striped border towel set is a solid-colour cotton set of three: a 70 × 150 cm bath towel, a 34 × 75 cm hand towel and a 34 × 35 cm square towel. Each piece has a flat woven band across the end with fine stripes, which gives the stack a neat, hotel-style finish. Easy Life Markets sells it in six colours, as the full set or as a single bath towel, with two bundles that add a printed rug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bath towel is the reason to look at this set. At 150 cm long it is longer than the 140 cm bath towels in most of our other sets, which makes a real difference if you are tall or like to wrap a towel round you after a shower. The supplier's photos show the three pieces stacked against a dark wall, the bath towel hanging from a rail, and a pile of all six colours together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree piece towel set:\u003c\/strong\u003e one bath towel, one hand towel and one square towel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBath towel option:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 70 × 150 cm bath towel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowel option (brown only):\u003c\/strong\u003e one towel. The listing does not say which size, though the supplier's size list suggests the 34 × 75 cm towel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown and carpet:\u003c\/strong\u003e the brown three piece set plus a rug, shown in the supplier's photo as 80 × 200 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown and mountain rug:\u003c\/strong\u003e the brown three piece set plus a rug with a mountain pattern, shown as 80 × 160 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list just says \"three-piece towel set × 1\". If you want the bundle contents confirmed, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 59\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 × 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4 × 29.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 × 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4 × 13.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRug (Brown and carpet bundle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 × 200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5 × 78.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRug (Brown and mountain rug bundle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 × 160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5 × 63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecondary material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester fibre, according to the supplier. We read this as being in the woven border, but the supplier does not say where it is used or how much\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Brown, Grey, Light Grey, Pink and White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three piece set or single bath towel in every colour; single towel and rug bundles in brown only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid colour with a striped woven border band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJMJ1066112\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour names.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text lists light brown and dark grey, and the options say Brown and Grey. In the photos the brown is a soft taupe, the grey is a dark charcoal and the blue is a deep petrol or teal blue rather than a bright blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Thick\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original product name describes the towels as thick. No weight per square metre is given, so we cannot back that up with a figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe rugs.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rug bundles are shown in small photos only. Their material, backing and whether they are non-slip are not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Print LOGO: Yes\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This line in the supplier's sheet usually refers to logo printing for bulk orders. The supplier's photos show plain towels with no logo, and we do not offer logo printing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weight, pile type, cotton percentage, rug material and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Terry Towels Dry You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBath towels like these are made from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Terrycloth\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eterrycloth\u003c\/a\u003e, a cotton fabric woven with raised loops of yarn on the surface. Each loop holds water, so the more loops and the longer they are, the more a towel will soak up. The flat, striped band at the end of each piece has no loops. It is there for strength and looks, and it also helps the towel hang straight on a rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Most from a New Towel Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash the towels before first use. New cotton often has a finish that makes it feel soft but slightly water-repellent, and a wash or two opens it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash dark colours such as the charcoal and petrol blue separately for the first few washes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse less detergent than you think. Too much leaves a residue that makes towels stiff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGo easy on fabric softener. It coats the loops and cuts absorbency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake each towel before drying to lift the pile, and tumble dry on a medium setting or hang in a breezy spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang towels spread out on a rail between uses, not folded on a hook, so they dry quickly and stay fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Option to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor one person, the three piece set covers a shower, hand washing and face washing. A couple will usually want two sets in different colours so it is easy to tell whose is whose. The single bath towel option is useful as a spare, or for adding a second large towel to a set you already have. The rug bundles suit someone kitting out a bathroom or bedroom in matching browns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants a longer bath towel than usual, a coordinated solid-colour set for a guest room, or a simple towel gift in a neutral colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the bath towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 × 150 cm, or about 27.6 × 59 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it pure cotton?\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton is the main fibre, with some polyester according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy just the bath towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Choose the Bath towel option in any colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded towel set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Striped Border Towel Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and option above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bath-and-hand-towel-set-cotton-70x150-bundles\"\u003eBath and hand towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/6-piece-towel-set-cotton-solid-colour-21-styles\"\u003e6 piece towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook\"\u003eBathroom accessory set with towel bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1617590051895.jpg\" alt=\"Striped border towel set in light grey: bath towel, hand towel and square towel stacked\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173863997601,"sku":"CJMJ106611201AZ","price":43.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Three piece towel set","offer_id":47173864030369,"sku":"CJMJ106611202BY","price":50.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown and carpet \/ Three piece towel set","offer_id":47173864063137,"sku":"CJMJ106611214NM","price":102.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown and mountain rug \/ Three piece towel set","offer_id":47173864095905,"sku":"CJMJ106611216PK","price":143.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173864128673,"sku":"CJMJ106611203CX","price":43.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Three piece towel set","offer_id":47173864161441,"sku":"CJMJ106611204DW","price":50.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown \/ Towel","offer_id":47173864194209,"sku":"CJMJ106611217QJ","price":31.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173864226977,"sku":"CJMJ106611205EV","price":43.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Three piece towel set","offer_id":47173864259745,"sku":"CJMJ106611206FU","price":50.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Grey \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173864292513,"sku":"CJMJ106611207GT","price":43.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Grey \/ Three piece towel set","offer_id":47173864325281,"sku":"CJMJ106611208HS","price":50.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173864358049,"sku":"CJMJ106611209IR","price":43.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Three piece towel set","offer_id":47173864390817,"sku":"CJMJ106611210JQ","price":50.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173864423585,"sku":"CJMJ106611211KP","price":43.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Three piece towel set","offer_id":47173864456353,"sku":"CJMJ106611212LO","price":50.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1617590051895.jpg?v=1789105110"},{"product_id":"double-sided-towel-set-cotton-3-sizes-10-colours","title":"Double Sided Towel Set – Soft Thickened Cotton Bath Towel, Hand Towel and Square Towel, 10 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDouble Sided Towel Set – Cotton Bath, Hand and Square Towels in 10 Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis double sided towel set is a soft cotton set in three sizes: a 70 × 140 cm bath towel, a 32 × 73 cm hand towel and a 33 × 33 cm square towel. The supplier calls it double-sided, which on a terry towel means looped pile on both faces, so either side dries you. Each piece has a woven band near the end with a small textured pattern. Easy Life Markets sells it in ten colours, from white and beige through pastels to coffee and red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe colour range is what sets this listing apart. As well as the usual white, grey and beige, you can choose light green, olive green, purple, pink, blue, red and coffee, which makes it easy to give each person in a household their own colour. The supplier's photos show each colour as a neat stack of three, folded on a white table in front of a bright window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists three sizes and every photo shows a stack of three towels in one colour, one of each size. The listing itself does not include a packing list, and the original product name used the word \"towel\" in the singular. We describe it as a three-piece set because that is what the size list and photos show. If you want that confirmed before ordering, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003esend us a message\u003c\/a\u003e and we will check with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 55.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrying off after a bath or shower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 × 73\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.6 × 28.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand washing, hair, gym bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 × 33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 × 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace washing, washcloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Looped on both sides, described by the supplier as double-sided and thickened\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBorder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Woven band with a small textured pattern, matching the towel colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Blue, Coffee, Light gray, Light green, Olive green, Pink, Purple, Red and White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJJJFMJ00026\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours in the photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e On screen the \"red\" looks like a coral or salmon shade, the \"purple\" a soft periwinkle and the \"olive green\" a muted sage. Colours on fabric always vary a little from photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Thickened\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's word. No weight in grams or GSM is given, so we cannot say how heavy the towels are.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Double sided\".\u003c\/strong\u003e Most terry towels have loops on both faces. The phrase tells you this is a standard two-sided terry towel, not a towel with a flat back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe small label.\u003c\/strong\u003e Some photos show a small dark label sewn into the edge. The supplier does not say what it reads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weight, cotton percentage, yarn type, packing list and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Towels Are Measured\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Towel\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003etowel\u003c\/a\u003e is usually sized by its flat length and width, and sets follow a rough pattern. A bath towel is around 70 × 140 cm, big enough to wrap round the body. A hand towel is a long, narrow strip of around 30 to 35 cm by 70 to 75 cm. A square towel or washcloth is small enough to hold in one hand. This set follows that pattern closely, so it will fit standard towel rails, rings and hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Colours That Last\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite and beige\u003c\/strong\u003e show stains more easily but can be washed hotter, and white can be bleached if the label allows it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee and olive green\u003c\/strong\u003e hide make-up and hair dye marks better than pale colours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed and pink\u003c\/strong\u003e often release some dye in the first washes. Wash them on their own until the rinse water runs clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight green, purple and blue\u003c\/strong\u003e are good for a colour-per-person system in a shared bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo care label text is given by the supplier, so follow the label on the towels if there is one. As a general guide for cotton towels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash before first use to remove loose fibres and finishing agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash at 40 °C with similar colours, and do not overload the machine. Towels need room to move to rinse clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a modest amount of detergent and skip fabric softener most of the time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTumble dry on medium or line dry, then shake out to lift the loops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron the looped pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnip any pulled loop level with the surface instead of pulling it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Many Towels You Need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common rule of thumb is two bath towels per person: one in use and one in the wash. Hand towels in a shared bathroom are best changed every two or three days, and face cloths after each use or two. For a single person, two of these sets in different colours gives you a full rotation. For a family of four, one set each in a different colour keeps things simple and stops arguments over whose towel is whose. Keep one extra set in a cupboard for guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholds that want a different colour for each person, anyone refreshing a bathroom in a pastel or earthy shade, and guest rooms where a matching set of three looks tidy on a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many towels do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e The size list and photos show three, one of each size. See the note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the bath towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 × 140 cm, about 27.6 × 55 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded towel set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Double Sided Towel Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/minimalist-towel-set-3-piece-cotton-12-colours\"\u003eMinimalist towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/combed-cotton-towel-set-3-piece-gift-set-600g\"\u003eCombed cotton towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marble-shower-curtain-set-bath-mat-toilet-cover-green-white\"\u003eMarble shower curtain set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shower-bath\"\u003eshower and bath\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/564980024486.jpg\" alt=\"Double sided towel set in light grey: bath towel, hand towel and square towel stacked by a window\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":47173866225825,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Beige","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":47173866258593,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Blue","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee","offer_id":47173866291361,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Coffee","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light gray","offer_id":47173866324129,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Light gray","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light green","offer_id":47173866356897,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Light green","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive green","offer_id":47173866389665,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Olive green","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":47173866422433,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Pink","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":47173866455201,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Purple","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":47173866487969,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-Red","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":47173866520737,"sku":"CJJJJFMJ00026-White","price":35.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/564980024486.jpg?v=1789105197"},{"product_id":"combed-cotton-towel-set-3-piece-gift-set-600g","title":"Combed Cotton Towel Set – Absorbent 3-Piece Gift Set with 600 g Bath Towel, 5 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCombed Cotton Towel Set – 3 Pieces with a 600 g Bath Towel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis combed cotton towel set is a three-piece set made from cotton spun with combed yarn: a 70 × 140 cm bath towel weighing 600 g, a 35 × 75 cm face towel weighing 120 g and a 32 × 32 cm square towel weighing 60 g. Each towel has a flat, smooth band near the end in the same colour. Easy Life Markets sells it in white, grey, blue, pink and yellow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhat makes this listing different from most towel sets is that the supplier gives a weight for every piece. A 600 g bath towel of this size is a reasonably substantial towel, the kind you find in a good hotel, and the supplier does list the product category as hotel towels. The original name also calls it a gift set, and three matching pieces in one colour do make a tidy present. The supplier's photos show each colour as a stepped stack of three on a white background, plus one photo with all five colours together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × square towel, 32 × 32 cm, 60 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × face towel, 35 × 75 cm, 120 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × bath towel, 70 × 140 cm, 600 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the supplier's packing list. No gift box or wrapping is listed, so if you are giving it as a present, plan to wrap it yourself. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need anything confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes and Weights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 55.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 g (21.2 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 × 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.8 × 29.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 g (4.2 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 × 32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.6 × 12.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 g (2.1 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking from those figures, the bath towel comes out at roughly 610 grams per square metre and the face towel at about 460. That puts the bath towel in the heavier, plusher range for everyday towels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYarn:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combed yarn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing process:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed by the supplier as \"gear break\", a translated term. We believe it refers to the woven border, but the supplier does not explain it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Grey, Pink, White and Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJMJ1615161\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe colours on screen.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the supplier's photos the \"blue\" is a turquoise or teal, the \"yellow\" is a pale cream-yellow and the \"grey\" is a mid grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Water-absorbing\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original name says so, and any cotton terry towel absorbs water. We have no test figures to quote.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Hotel towel\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's product category. It describes the style and weight, not a link to any hotel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeights.\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weights from a supplier are usually nominal and can vary a little from batch to batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton percentage, pile height and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Combed Cotton Means\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore cotton fibre is spun into yarn it can be passed through a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Combing\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecombing\u003c\/a\u003e stage, which pulls out the short fibres and lines up the long ones. The result is a smoother, stronger yarn that sheds less lint than ordinary carded cotton. In a towel that tends to mean softer loops, less fluff in the first few washes and loops that hold their shape longer. It is a process, not a type of cotton, so it says nothing about where the cotton was grown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLooking After a Heavier Towel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash before first use, and expect a little lint the first time even with combed yarn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash at 40 °C with similar colours. Wash the teal and pink separately for the first few times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overload the machine. Heavy towels need space to rinse clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse less detergent than for clothes, and fabric softener only occasionally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTumble dry on medium until fully dry. A 600 g towel left damp in a pile will start to smell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang the bath towel open on a rail between uses so air reaches both sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGiving It as a Gift\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA set of three in one colour is an easy present for a new home, a wedding or a student moving out. White and grey suit almost any bathroom. If you know the colour of the recipient's bathroom, pink, teal or yellow make a cheerful accent. Fold the bath towel in thirds lengthways and roll it, then stack the face towel and square towel on top, and tie the bundle with a ribbon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReading Towel Weights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTowel weight is often quoted as GSM, grams per square metre. Light towels of 300 to 400 GSM dry quickly and pack small, which suits the gym or travel. Mid-weight towels around 400 to 600 GSM are the everyday standard. Above about 600 GSM a towel feels thick and plush but takes longer to dry. With a stated 600 g on a 70 × 140 cm towel, this bath towel sits at the plush end of everyday use, while the lighter face towel dries more quickly on a hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople who like a heavier, plusher bath towel, anyone setting up a guest bathroom with matching pieces, and shoppers looking for a simple towel gift with clearly stated sizes and weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the bath towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 g, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is combed yarn?\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton yarn with the short fibres combed out. See the section above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come gift-wrapped?\u003c\/strong\u003e No gift packaging is listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded combed cotton towel set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Combed Cotton Towel Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/embroidered-bath-towel-set-cotton-crest-4-colours\"\u003eEmbroidered bath towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/double-sided-towel-set-cotton-3-sizes-10-colours\"\u003eDouble sided towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook\"\u003eBathroom accessory set with towel bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4877bed6-31c0-47cd-ab53-9b61f4419cae.jpg\" alt=\"Combed cotton towel set in five colours: pale yellow, white, pink, teal and grey stacks of three towels\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ 3pieces","offer_id":47173870518433,"sku":"CJMJ161516103CX","price":43.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 3pieces","offer_id":47173870551201,"sku":"CJMJ161516102BY","price":43.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 3pieces","offer_id":47173870583969,"sku":"CJMJ161516104DW","price":43.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 3pieces","offer_id":47173870616737,"sku":"CJMJ161516101AZ","price":43.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 3pieces","offer_id":47173870649505,"sku":"CJMJ161516105EV","price":43.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4877bed6-31c0-47cd-ab53-9b61f4419cae.jpg?v=1789105285"},{"product_id":"minimalist-towel-set-3-piece-cotton-12-colours","title":"Minimalist Towel Set – 3-Piece Cotton Bath Towel, Hand Towel and Square Towel, 12 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMinimalist Towel Set – 3-Piece Cotton Set in 12 Plain Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis minimalist towel set is a plain, solid-colour cotton set of three: a 70 × 140 cm bath towel, a 32 × 73 cm hand towel and a 33 × 33 cm square towel. There is no pattern or logo, only a narrow woven band with a fine dotted texture near each end. Easy Life Markets sells it in twelve colours, one of the widest colour choices in our towel range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlain towels suit almost any bathroom, and a wide colour range lets you match a wall, a tile or a shower curtain rather than settling for white. Choose one calm shade for the whole bathroom, or a different colour for each person. The supplier's photos show each colour as a stepped stack on a pale shelf and a tall pile of mixed colours on a slatted bamboo tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × square towel, 33 × 33 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × hand towel, 32 × 73 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × bath towel, 70 × 140 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis follows the supplier's packing list. Each set is one colour. The mixed-colour piles in the photos are styling, not a multi-colour option. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 55.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 × 73\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.6 × 28.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 × 33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 × 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton. The supplier lists cotton as both the main and secondary component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid colour, plain woven border with a fine dotted texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue grey, Bright yellow, Coffee, Emerald green, Grey, Light Green, Light Grey, Light Purple, Olive green, Pink, Scarlet and White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJMJ1336764\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour names versus photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos are not labelled with colour names. We see a yellow-green, a soft mint, a coral red and a periwinkle, which are probably Bright yellow, Emerald green, Scarlet and Light Purple, so some shades may look different from their names. Grey, light grey and blue grey are close to one another. If you are matching an existing colour, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e for advice first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Square\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original product name says square towel set. Only the smallest towel is square; the bath and hand towels are rectangular.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCotton content.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's sheet lists cotton twice and a content value of \"1\". We take it to mean all cotton, but no percentage is printed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weight or GSM, yarn type and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Cotton Is Still the Towel Standard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Cotton\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eCotton\u003c\/a\u003e fibre is mostly cellulose, which attracts and holds water. That is why cotton towels dry skin far better than towels made only from polyester, which tends to push water around rather than soak it up. Cotton also gets softer and more absorbent over its first few washes as the finishing agents from the factory wash out. The trade-off is drying time: a thick cotton towel takes longer to dry on the rail than a synthetic one, so good airflow matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilding a Colour Scheme\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalm and neutral:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, Light Grey or Grey with chrome or black fittings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm and earthy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coffee and Olive green with wood or bamboo accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Emerald green, Light Green or Blue grey with white tiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright accent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scarlet, Pink or Bright yellow against a plain white or grey bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne colour per person:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pick clearly different shades, such as Scarlet, Light Purple, Coffee and Emerald green, so no one mixes them up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing Each Piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBath towel (70 × 140 cm):\u003c\/strong\u003e Long enough to wrap round the body for most adults after a shower. Hang it fully open on a rail so it dries before the next use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand towel (32 × 73 cm):\u003c\/strong\u003e Hangs from a towel ring or short bar beside the basin. It is also a good size for drying hair, for the gym bag or for a guest who only needs a small towel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare towel (33 × 33 cm):\u003c\/strong\u003e A face cloth for washing and removing make-up, or a small towel for a baby's bath. Change it often, as small cloths stay damp longest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA sensible rotation for one person is two sets in different colours. While one set is in use, the other is washed and dried, and the colour tells you which is which.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo care label is quoted by the supplier. For cotton towels in general:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash before first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash darker and bright colours separately for the first few washes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash at 40 °C, or 60 °C for white if the label allows it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a modest amount of detergent and keep fabric softener for the occasional wash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTumble dry on medium or line dry, and shake out each towel to lift the pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore towels folded in a dry, aired cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who prefers a simple, uncluttered look, households that like a different colour for each person, and shoppers matching towels to an existing bathroom colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many colours are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e Twelve. See the list above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs each set one colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. You choose one colour per set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the bath towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 × 140 cm, about 27.6 × 55 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded minimalist towel set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Minimalist Towel Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/double-sided-towel-set-cotton-3-sizes-10-colours\"\u003eDouble sided towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/6-piece-towel-set-cotton-solid-colour-21-styles\"\u003e6 piece towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/shower-curtain-and-toilet-mat-set-printed-12-hooks-4-designs\"\u003eShower curtain and toilet mat set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shower-bath\"\u003eshower and bath\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/5509cc7a-6c1b-4277-9722-d19b2d4b5046.jpg\" alt=\"Minimalist towel set: a tall pile of plain cotton towels in many colours on a bamboo tray\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Blue grey \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173874942113,"sku":"CJMJ133676406FU","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bright yellow \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173874974881,"sku":"CJMJ133676404DW","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875007649,"sku":"CJMJ133676401AZ","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Emerald green \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875040417,"sku":"CJMJ133676409IR","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875073185,"sku":"CJMJ133676405EV","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875105953,"sku":"CJMJ133676410JQ","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Grey \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875138721,"sku":"CJMJ133676403CX","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Purple \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875171489,"sku":"CJMJ133676412LO","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive green \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875204257,"sku":"CJMJ133676411KP","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875237025,"sku":"CJMJ133676408HS","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Scarlet \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875269793,"sku":"CJMJ133676407GT","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 3piece set","offer_id":47173875302561,"sku":"CJMJ133676402BY","price":34.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/5509cc7a-6c1b-4277-9722-d19b2d4b5046.jpg?v=1789105558"},{"product_id":"bath-and-hand-towel-set-cotton-70x150-bundles","title":"Bath and Hand Towel Set – Cotton Towels with 70 x 150 cm Bath Towel, Choose Single Towels or Bundles","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBath and Hand Towel Set – Cotton, 70 x 150 cm Bath Towel, Four Bundle Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bath and hand towel set lets you choose exactly the towels you need: a single 70 × 150 cm bath towel, two 34 × 75 cm hand towels, a bath towel with two hand towels, or a bath towel with one hand towel and one 34 × 35 cm square towel. The towels are cotton with a striped woven band near each end. Easy Life Markets sells the bundles in white or grey, plus four single-colour options whose contents the supplier does not spell out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost towel sets come in a fixed three-piece pack. This listing is more flexible, which helps if you already have plenty of hand towels and only need a bath towel, or want a pair of hand towels for a guest bathroom. The supplier's photos show the towels stacked in white, pink, grey, charcoal, petrol blue and taupe, a three-piece stack in each colour, and single square towels labelled \"34 × 35 cm 1pc\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents (supplier's list)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite A \/ Grey A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bath towel, 70 × 150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite B \/ Grey B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 towels, 34 × 75 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite C \/ Grey C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bath towel + 2 towels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite D \/ Grey D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bath towel + 1 towel + 1 square towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige, Blue, Coffee, Pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated. See the note below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list just says \"towel × 1\", which does not fit the bundle options. The table follows the option descriptions. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you want the contents of a particular option confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 59\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 × 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4 × 29.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 × 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4 × 13.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pure cotton, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYarn:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stranded yarn, listed as 32 strands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeave:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed by the supplier as plain weave\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbsorbency:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier states 5 to 10 seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours in the supplier's text:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, pink, blue, brown and dark grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions on this listing:\u003c\/strong\u003e White A to D, Grey A to D, Beige, Blue, Coffee and Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJT1128881\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEgyptian cotton.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original product name called these Egyptian cotton towels. The supplier's specification only says \"pure cotton\" and gives no origin or certificate, so we do not describe them as Egyptian cotton. Treat that name as the supplier's claim only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe single-colour options.\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Blue, Coffee and Pink are the lowest-priced options and have no bundle letter. The supplier's photos of single square towels marked \"34 × 35 cm 1pc\" suggest these are one square towel each, but the listing does not say so.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlain weave.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists plain weave, but the photos show a looped terry surface with a flat striped band. We think \"plain weave\" refers to the band or the base cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Absorbent 5 s to 10 s\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is probably a sinking or wicking time from the supplier's own test. No test method is given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey.\u003c\/strong\u003e The grey three-piece stack in the photos is a light grey, while the supplier's text lists dark grey. The photos also show a charcoal towel. Ask us which grey you will receive if it matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weight, packing list per option and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout \"Egyptian Cotton\"\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrue Egyptian cotton comes from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Gossypium_barbadense\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eGossypium barbadense\u003c\/a\u003e, a cotton species with extra-long fibres, grown in the Nile valley. Long fibres spin into fine, strong yarn, which is why the name carries a premium. Because of that, the term is widely used on towels and sheets without proof. Cotton sold under that name usually carries certification of origin. This listing has none, which is why we describe these simply as cotton towels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePicking the Right Bundle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A spare or replacement bath towel. The 150 cm length is useful for taller people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eB:\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair of hand towels for a basin, guest bathroom or kitchen hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC:\u003c\/strong\u003e One person's full rotation of a bath towel and two hand towels, so one hand towel can be in the wash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eD:\u003c\/strong\u003e A classic three-piece set, with a square towel for washing the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash new towels before use to remove factory finishes and loose fibres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash white separately at up to 60 °C if the label allows. Wash grey and colours at 40 °C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid too much detergent and fabric softener, both of which reduce absorbency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTumble dry on medium or line dry, and shake out to lift the loops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang towels open on a rail between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash bath towels after three or four uses, and hand towels every two or three days in a shared bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf towels start to smell musty even when clean, wash them at the hottest setting the label allows with a cup of white vinegar and no detergent, then wash again normally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants to buy only the pieces they need, people who like a longer bath towel, and hosts kitting out a guest bathroom in white or grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it Egyptian cotton?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's original title says so, but its specification only says pure cotton. We cannot confirm Egyptian cotton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the bath towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 cm, about 59 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours come in bundles?\u003c\/strong\u003e White and grey, in options A to D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded bath and hand towel set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Bath and Hand Towel Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and bundle above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/striped-border-towel-set-70x150-bath-towel-rug-option\"\u003eStriped border towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/embroidered-hand-towel-34x75cm-cotton-crest-single-or-3\"\u003eEmbroidered hand towel\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook\"\u003eBathroom accessory set with towel bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1620982545128.jpg\" alt=\"Bath and hand towel set: folded cotton towels in white, pink, grey, charcoal, blue and taupe with striped borders\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":47173882642593,"sku":"CJJT112888101AZ","price":28.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":47173882675361,"sku":"CJJT112888103CX","price":28.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee","offer_id":47173882708129,"sku":"CJJT112888104DW","price":28.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey A","offer_id":47173882740897,"sku":"CJJT112888109IR","price":42.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey B","offer_id":47173882773665,"sku":"CJJT112888110JQ","price":33.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey C","offer_id":47173882806433,"sku":"CJJT112888111KP","price":49.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey D","offer_id":47173882839201,"sku":"CJJT112888112LO","price":48.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":47173882871969,"sku":"CJJT112888102BY","price":28.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White A","offer_id":47173882904737,"sku":"CJJT112888105EV","price":42.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White B","offer_id":47173882937505,"sku":"CJJT112888106FU","price":33.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White C","offer_id":47173882970273,"sku":"CJJT112888107GT","price":49.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White D","offer_id":47173883003041,"sku":"CJJT112888108HS","price":48.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1620982545128.jpg?v=1789105731"},{"product_id":"embroidered-bath-towel-set-cotton-crest-4-colours","title":"Embroidered Bath Towel Set – 100% Cotton Bath and Hand Towels with Crest, 4 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEmbroidered Bath Towel Set – 100% Cotton with Crest Motif, 4 Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis embroidered bath towel set is made from 100% cotton and finished with a crest motif stitched in a soft gold-beige thread on the woven band of each towel. The set option, which the supplier calls \"Suite\", contains one 70 × 140 cm bath towel and two 34 × 75 cm towels. You can also buy the bath towel or a single towel on its own. Easy Life Markets sells it in white, beige, blue and grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe embroidered crest is what sets these apart from plain towels. It gives a bathroom the look of a smart hotel and makes the towels a good choice as a gift. The supplier's photos show a bath towel and hand towel together in each colour, a mixed stack with the crests lined up along one edge, and a close-up of the embroidery on the cream towel. The supplier calls the design \"Austin\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 towels, 34 × 75 cm, and 1 bath towel, 70 × 140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bath towel, 70 × 140 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTowel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 towel, 34 × 75 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe contents come from the supplier's specification line. The supplier's photos show pairs of one bath towel and one hand towel, so the photos do not show the full Suite. If you want to double-check before ordering, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eget in touch\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 55.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTowel (hand or face towel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 × 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4 × 29.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton, listed as 100% cotton main ingredient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Embroidered crest motif on the woven border band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Blue, Grey and White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suite, Bath towel or Towel in each colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuggested use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bathroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJJJTJT51060\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Name \"Austin\"\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier uses the name \"Austin\" for this towel design. It is not clear whether this is a brand or simply a style name. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for any brand of that name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe crest.\u003c\/strong\u003e The embroidered motif is a crest with a letter in the centre, used purely as decoration. The supplier does not link it to any hotel or organisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos the beige is a creamy pale yellow, the blue is a deep peacock or petrol blue and the grey is a dark slate grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The embroidery is the same gold-beige on every colour in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% cotton.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's figure for the main ingredient. Embroidery thread is often polyester, and the supplier does not say what the thread is made of.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weight, yarn type and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEmbroidery on Towels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Embroidery\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eEmbroidery\u003c\/a\u003e is decoration stitched into fabric with thread, and on towels it is usually done by machine on the flat woven band, where the stitches sit cleanly instead of sinking into loops. A stitched motif lasts much longer than a printed one, but it does need a little care. The backs of the stitches can catch on rough surfaces, and very hot washes or harsh bleach can dull or shrink the thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCaring for Embroidered Towels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash before first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash at 40 °C with similar colours. Wash the blue and grey separately for the first few washes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold the towels with the embroidered band inwards before washing to protect the stitching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid chlorine bleach, even on white. It can yellow or weaken the thread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTumble dry on low to medium, or line dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron directly on the embroidery. If needed, iron from the back with a cloth between.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use the embroidered band to scrub. Pat skin dry with the looped area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGift and Display Ideas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Suite in white or beige makes a classic housewarming or wedding gift. For display, fold the bath towel in thirds lengthways, fold the ends in so the crest sits on the front, and hang it on a rail with a hand towel layered on top. In a guest bathroom, rolled hand towels with the crest showing look tidy on a shelf or in a basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between the Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Suite makes most sense if you are starting from scratch, since it gives one person a bath towel plus a spare hand towel for the rotation. The single bath towel suits someone who already has hand towels, or who wants a second large towel in the same design. The single towel option is handy for a guest bathroom, where one embroidered hand towel by the basin is often all you need. Mixing colours works well too: white bath towels with beige hand towels, or grey with blue, keeps the crest as the common thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople who want towels with a smarter, hotel-style look, anyone buying a towel gift, and hosts who want guest towels that look a little special.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in the Suite?\u003c\/strong\u003e One bath towel and two 34 × 75 cm towels, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are they made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% cotton is listed as the main ingredient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the embroidery on both towels?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Every towel in the photos has the crest on its band, larger on the bath towel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses the name Austin. See the note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Embroidered Bath Towel Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and option above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/embroidered-hand-towel-34x75cm-cotton-crest-single-or-3\"\u003eEmbroidered hand towel\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/combed-cotton-towel-set-3-piece-gift-set-600g\"\u003eCombed cotton towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/green-resin-soap-dispenser-500ml-emerald\"\u003eGreen resin soap dispenser\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6211784522288.jpg\" alt=\"Embroidered bath towel set: white, cream, blue and grey cotton towels with a gold crest, stacked\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173888966817,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Beige-Bath towel","price":33.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Suite","offer_id":47173888999585,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Beige-Suite","price":38.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Towel","offer_id":47173889032353,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Beige-Towel","price":27.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173889065121,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Blue-Bath towel","price":33.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Suite","offer_id":47173889097889,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Blue-Suite","price":38.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Towel","offer_id":47173889130657,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Blue-Towel","price":27.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173889163425,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Grey-Bath towel","price":33.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Suite","offer_id":47173889196193,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Grey-Suite","price":38.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ Towel","offer_id":47173889228961,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-Grey-Towel","price":27.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Bath towel","offer_id":47173889261729,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-White-Bath towel","price":33.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Suite","offer_id":47173889294497,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-White-Suite","price":38.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Towel","offer_id":47173889327265,"sku":"CJJJJTJT51060-White-Towel","price":27.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6211784522288.jpg?v=1789105828"},{"product_id":"long-staple-cotton-towels-32-strand-set-12-colours","title":"Long Staple Cotton Towels – Absorbent 32-Strand Towel Set with Bath, Hand and Square Towels, 12 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLong Staple Cotton Towels – Bath, Hand and Square Towel Set in 12 Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese long staple cotton towels come as a set of bath, hand and square towels, spun from 32-strand yarn and finished with a ribbed border of raised stripes across each end. The supplier's sizes are 70 × 137 cm for the bath towel, 70 × 33 cm for the hand towel and 33 × 33 cm for the square towel. Easy Life Markets sells the set in twelve colours, from white and grey to wine red, yellow and orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLong staple cotton is the selling point here. Longer cotton fibres spin into a smoother, stronger yarn, which generally means softer towels that shed less and keep their loops longer. The ribbed border, with several raised bands across each towel, gives the set a classic look. The supplier's photos show each colour as a tall, neat stack of six towels on a white or bathroom background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis needs a clear explanation, because the supplier's information does not quite agree with itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe specification describes a \u003cstrong\u003ethree-piece set\u003c\/strong\u003e: one square towel, one hand towel and one bath towel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe listing has two set options, \"3times\" and \"6times\". Ten colours are offered as \"3times\" and two colours, Light Blue and Orange, as \"6times\". We read these as three-piece and six-piece sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery supplier photo shows a \u003cstrong\u003estack of six\u003c\/strong\u003e: two bath towels, two hand towels and two square towels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo for the ten \"3times\" colours, expect three towels, not the six in the photos. For Light Blue and Orange, the \"6times\" option suggests six. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering and we will confirm the count for your colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 137\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 53.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 × 33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 × 13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long staple cotton, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYarn:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 strands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBorder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ribbed, with several raised stripes across each end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours (3times):\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue, Coffee, Dark blue, Grey, Pink, Purple, Sky blue, White, Wine red and Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours (6times):\u003c\/strong\u003e Light Blue and Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJYS1593640\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiece count.\u003c\/strong\u003e See the box section above. The photos show six towels, and most options appear to be three.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours in the photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's photos include a grey, royal blue, navy, beige, light blue, white, pale pink, wine red, yellow, lilac and a dusty teal, plus a peach-orange stack. We cannot match every photo to an option name with certainty. \"Purple\" is likely the lilac, and no photo clearly shows the Coffee colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Absorbent\".\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton towels absorb water well. No figures are given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong staple.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say which cotton variety or what fibre length, so \"long staple\" is its description. It is not a certified grade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weight, cotton percentage and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat \"32 Strands\" Tells You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrand or count numbers describe how fine a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Yarn\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eyarn\u003c\/a\u003e is. The higher the number, the finer the thread. For towels, yarn of around 16 to 21 count makes a chunky, very absorbent loop, while 32 count gives a finer, softer loop with a smoother feel. Finer yarn on its own does not make a towel thicker or more absorbent. That depends on how many loops are woven in and how heavy the towel is, which the supplier does not state.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLooking After Cotton Towels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash before use. New towels often have a coating that makes them feel soft but slightly water-repellent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash strong colours such as wine red, dark blue, orange and yellow on their own for the first few washes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash at 40 °C for colours, and up to 60 °C for white if the label allows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overload the drum, and use less detergent than for clothes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse fabric softener rarely. It coats the loops and reduces absorbency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTumble dry on medium, or line dry and give the towels a good shake to soften them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnip pulled loops level with the pile instead of pulling them out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKeeping Towels Soft for Longer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTowels go hard for a few predictable reasons: detergent and softener build-up, hard water, and drying on a hot radiator. Long staple yarn resists this better than short fibres, but it still helps to wash with a little less detergent, add an extra rinse now and then, and dry the towels with movement, either in a tumble dryer or on a line in a breeze. If a towel has already gone stiff, a hot wash with a cup of white vinegar instead of detergent usually strips the residue and brings back the soft feel. Avoid drying towels flat on a heated rail for days at a time, as the loops bake flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShoppers who care about yarn quality and like a classic ribbed border, households wanting a strong colour such as wine red or orange, and anyone putting together a towel gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many towels do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e The specification says three. The \"6times\" colours appear to be six. See the explanation above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the bath towel?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 × 137 cm, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is long staple cotton?\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton with longer fibres, which spin into smoother, stronger yarn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. These are unbranded long staple cotton towels from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Long Staple Cotton Towels at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/6-piece-towel-set-cotton-solid-colour-21-styles\"\u003e6 piece towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/combed-cotton-towel-set-3-piece-gift-set-600g\"\u003eCombed cotton towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook\"\u003eBathroom accessory set with towel bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8632f5bf-30cd-4012-8f1a-d5b116bf994b.jpg\" alt=\"Long staple cotton towels in grey with a ribbed border, a stack of bath, hand and square towels\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893456033,"sku":"CJYS159364006FU","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffee \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893488801,"sku":"CJYS159364004DW","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark blue \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893521569,"sku":"CJYS159364010JQ","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893554337,"sku":"CJYS159364001AZ","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Blue \/ 6times","offer_id":47173893587105,"sku":"CJYS159364024XC","price":50.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ 6times","offer_id":47173893619873,"sku":"CJYS159364026ZA","price":51.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893652641,"sku":"CJYS159364008HS","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893685409,"sku":"CJYS159364009IR","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky blue \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893718177,"sku":"CJYS159364007GT","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893750945,"sku":"CJYS159364002BY","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wine red \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893783713,"sku":"CJYS159364003CX","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 3times","offer_id":47173893816481,"sku":"CJYS159364005EV","price":52.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8632f5bf-30cd-4012-8f1a-d5b116bf994b.jpg?v=1789105919"},{"product_id":"6-piece-towel-set-cotton-solid-colour-21-styles","title":"6 Piece Towel Set – Simple Solid Colour Absorbent Cotton Bath, Hand and Square Towels, 21 Styles","description":"\u003ch2\u003e6 Piece Towel Set – Two Bath, Two Hand and Two Square Cotton Towels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 6 piece towel set gives you two of everything: two 70 × 140 cm bath towels, two 34 × 74 cm hand towels and two 34 × 34 cm square towels, all in one solid colour. The towels are cotton with a plain looped pile and a woven band across each end. Easy Life Markets sells the set in 21 styles, most of them single colours numbered by the supplier, plus four \"B\" styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSix pieces is the natural size for a couple, or for one person who wants a full rotation with one set in use and one in the wash. Buying them together means everything matches. The supplier's photos show each colour as a stepped stack of six, some in a bright bathroom with a mirror and shelves behind, and others on a white background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × bath towel, 70 × 140 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × hand towel, 34 × 74 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × square towel, 34 × 34 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list says \"towel × 6\" and every photo shows two of each size. If you want anything confirmed, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 × 140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 55.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 × 74\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4 × 29.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare towel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 × 34\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4 × 13.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStyle Numbers and Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe options are style numbers. The supplier's colour list matches them as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVermilion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCherry blossom pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWine red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrass green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark purple\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWillow green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBamboo cyan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Brown, Grey or Pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid colour, simple design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 pieces, two of each size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Styles 1 to 17, B Blue, B Brown, B Grey and B Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJJT1497270\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe B styles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists B-type blue, brown, grey and pink but does not explain how they differ from the numbered styles. The photos are not labelled, so we cannot tell which of them show a B style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours on screen.\u003c\/strong\u003e Shade names such as \"bamboo cyan\" and \"willow green\" are translations, and the photos do not carry style numbers. If an exact shade matters, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will check.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Mixed colour\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's colour list mentions a mixed colour, but there is no mixed option on this listing. Each set is one colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Absorbent\".\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton towels absorb well. No figures are given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weight, cotton percentage, yarn type and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTowel Weight and Feel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a weight, so it helps to know what to look for. Towel weight is measured in grams per square metre, explained in the article on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Units_of_textile_measurement\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eunits of textile measurement\u003c\/a\u003e. Lighter towels dry quickly and suit humid bathrooms. Heavier towels feel plusher but take longer to dry. With six pieces to rotate, a mid-weight towel that dries well between uses usually serves a household better than a very heavy one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMaking Six Towels Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor a couple:\u003c\/strong\u003e One bath towel, hand towel and square towel each. Buy two sets in different colours for a full rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor one person:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use one of each while the other three are washed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor a guest room:\u003c\/strong\u003e Put out one of each per guest and keep the rest folded in a cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor a holiday home or rental:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matching sets look tidy and are easy to count after each stay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash before first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash strong colours such as wine red, vermilion and dark purple separately for the first few washes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash at 40 °C, or hotter for white if the label allows, and use a modest amount of detergent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid regular fabric softener, which reduces absorbency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTumble dry on medium or line dry, and shake out to lift the pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate the two towels of each size so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to Replace Towels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood cotton towels last for years, but there are signs that a towel has had its day. It stops drying you properly even after a vinegar wash, the edges fray, thin patches appear in the middle, or a musty smell comes back soon after washing. Older towels still have plenty of uses as cleaning cloths, pet towels or car rags. Buying a six-piece set at once means the towels age together, so when it is time to replace them, the whole bathroom gets a fresh, matching look in one go rather than a mix of old and new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCouples, small households and anyone wanting a matching set with a spare of every size, in a wider colour choice than most towel sets offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two bath towels, two hand towels and two square towels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do the style numbers mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each number is a colour. See the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded 6 piece towel set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 6 Piece Towel Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your style above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/long-staple-cotton-towels-32-strand-set-12-colours\"\u003eLong staple cotton towels\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/minimalist-towel-set-3-piece-cotton-12-colours\"\u003eMinimalist towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathroom-accessory-set-stainless-steel-towel-bar-ring-hook\"\u003eBathroom accessory set with towel bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/bc06643b-c251-42f0-bfc0-63af3e134e9b.jpg\" alt=\"6 piece towel set in light blue: two bath towels, two hand towels and two square towels stacked\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"1 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901582497,"sku":"CJJT149727001AZ","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901615265,"sku":"CJJT149727010JQ","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901648033,"sku":"CJJT149727011KP","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901680801,"sku":"CJJT149727012LO","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901713569,"sku":"CJJT149727013MN","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901746337,"sku":"CJJT149727014NM","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901779105,"sku":"CJJT149727015OL","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901811873,"sku":"CJJT149727016PK","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"17Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901844641,"sku":"CJJT149727017QJ","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901877409,"sku":"CJJT149727002BY","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901910177,"sku":"CJJT149727003CX","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901942945,"sku":"CJJT149727004DW","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173901975713,"sku":"CJJT149727005EV","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173902008481,"sku":"CJJT149727006FU","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173902041249,"sku":"CJJT149727007GT","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173902074017,"sku":"CJJT149727008HS","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9 Style \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173902106785,"sku":"CJJT149727009IR","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B Blue \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173902139553,"sku":"CJJT149727018RI","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B Brown \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173902172321,"sku":"CJJT149727019SH","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B Grey \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173902205089,"sku":"CJJT149727020TG","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B Pink \/ 6PCS","offer_id":47173902237857,"sku":"CJJT149727021UF","price":50.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/bc06643b-c251-42f0-bfc0-63af3e134e9b.jpg?v=1789106010"},{"product_id":"embroidered-hand-towel-34x75cm-cotton-crest-single-or-3","title":"Embroidered Hand Towel – 34 x 75 cm Cotton Towel with Crest, Single or Pack of 3, 4 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEmbroidered Hand Towel – 34 x 75 cm Cotton Towel with Crest, Single or Pack of 3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis embroidered hand towel is a 34 × 75 cm cotton towel with a crest motif stitched in gold-beige thread on its woven border band. You can buy one towel or a pack of three, in white, beige, peacock blue or dark grey. Easy Life Markets sells it as a stand-alone hand towel, sized for a basin, a guest bathroom or a hook by the kitchen sink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA hand towel is the towel guests notice most, because it hangs right beside the basin. An embroidered one makes a small bathroom or cloakroom look cared for without much effort. The supplier's photos show the crest design on hand towels paired with matching bath towels, piled in all four colours, and stacked on a stand beside a plant. The bath towels in those photos are not part of this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1PC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 hand towel, 34 × 75 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3PCS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 hand towels, 34 × 75 cm, in the colour you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list says \"towel × 1\", which matches the single option. We take the 3PCS option to be three of the same towel. If you would like that confirmed, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003esend us a message\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat is a standard hand towel size. It hangs neatly from a towel ring or a short bar, and folded in thirds lengthways it fits most small rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecondary material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester fibre, according to the supplier. It does not say where, but embroidery thread and border bands are common places for polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Embroidered crest on the woven border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Dark gray, Peacock blue and White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 piece or 3 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU prefix:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJYS1070781\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Name \"Austin\"\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier calls this the \"Austin style\" towel. It is not clear whether Austin is a brand or simply a design name. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for any brand of that name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhotos show more than you get.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most supplier photos show a hand towel together with a bath towel. This listing is for hand towels only. For the bath towel in the same design, see our embroidered bath towel set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos the beige is a pale cream-yellow, the peacock blue is a deep petrol blue and the dark grey is a slate grey. The crest is the same gold-beige on all four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Set\" in the old name.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original product name called this a bath towel set. It is a hand towel, sold singly or in threes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCotton content.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton is the main fibre, with some polyester. No percentages are given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Towel weight, thread material and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use a Hand Towel Well\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Towel\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003etowel\u003c\/a\u003e by the basin gets used many times a day by several people, so it gets damp and dirty faster than a bath towel. In a busy family bathroom, change it every day or two. In a guest bathroom, put out a fresh one for each visit. The pack of three makes this easy: one in use, one in the wash and one folded ready in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCaring for the Embroidery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash before first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash at 40 °C with similar colours. Wash the peacock blue and dark grey separately the first few times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold the towel with the crest inwards before washing to protect the stitches from zips and hooks on other laundry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid chlorine bleach, which can yellow or weaken embroidery thread, even on white towels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTumble dry on low to medium, or line dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you iron, iron the embroidery from the back with a cloth between.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHand Towel or Face Towel?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers often call a 34 × 75 cm towel a face towel, and shops call it a hand towel. They are the same thing. The size is long enough to dry hands and face, wrap wet hair, or lay across a pillow when you go to bed with damp hair. It is too small to dry the whole body after a shower, which is the job of a bath towel of around 70 × 140 cm. If you want a smaller cloth for washing your face, look for a square towel of about 33 × 33 cm. Keeping these three sizes in mind makes it easier to work out how many of each you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDisplay Ideas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold in thirds lengthways and hang from a ring with the crest centred at the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll three towels and stand them in a basket or on a shelf with the crests facing out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair a white towel with a beige one on a double rail for a warm, classic look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse peacock blue or dark grey to add colour to an all-white bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHosts who want smarter guest towels, anyone updating the towels by a basin, and people looking for a small gift that looks thoughtful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 34 × 75 cm, about 13.4 × 29.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a bath towel included?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. This listing is for the hand towel only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix colours in the pack of three?\u003c\/strong\u003e The options are by colour, so a pack is three of one colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses the name Austin. See the note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Embroidered Hand Towel at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and quantity above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/embroidered-bath-towel-set-cotton-crest-4-colours\"\u003eEmbroidered bath towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bath-and-hand-towel-set-cotton-70x150-bundles\"\u003eBath and hand towel set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/green-resin-soap-dispenser-500ml-emerald\"\u003eGreen resin soap dispenser\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003etowels and linens\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1617865145219.jpg\" alt=\"Embroidered hand towel with gold crest, shown in a stack of white, cream, blue and grey towels\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige \/ 34x75cm \/ 1PC","offer_id":47173907644577,"sku":"CJYS107078101AZ","price":27.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ 34x75cm \/ 3PCS","offer_id":47173907677345,"sku":"CJYS107078105EV","price":33.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark gray \/ 34x75cm \/ 1PC","offer_id":47173907710113,"sku":"CJYS107078102BY","price":27.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark gray \/ 34x75cm \/ 3PCS","offer_id":47173907742881,"sku":"CJYS107078107GT","price":33.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Peacock blue \/ 34x75cm \/ 1PC","offer_id":47173907775649,"sku":"CJYS107078103CX","price":27.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Peacock blue \/ 34x75cm \/ 3PCS","offer_id":47173907808417,"sku":"CJYS107078106FU","price":33.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 34x75cm \/ 1PC","offer_id":47173907841185,"sku":"CJYS107078104DW","price":27.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 34x75cm \/ 3PCS","offer_id":47173907873953,"sku":"CJYS107078108HS","price":33.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1617865145219.jpg?v=1789106100"},{"product_id":"usb-heated-shawl-wearable-blanket","title":"USB Heated Shawl – Wearable Plush Heated Blanket Wrap, 150 x 80 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUSB Heated Shawl, Wearable and Soft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis USB heated shawl is a soft plush wrap measuring 150 x 80 cm that warms up when you plug it into a USB power source. Easy Life Markets sells it in beige, green or red, either bagged, with a power bank, or in a gift box. You wear it over your shoulders like a shawl, or lay it over your legs like a small heated blanket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is made for the places where turning up the heating feels like overkill: a cold office, the sofa on a winter evening, a draughty bedroom, a train or the stands at a match. Because it runs on USB, a phone charger or power bank is all you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 x 80 cm, bagged:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shawl in a plain bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith power bank:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists this as \"equipped with a 1W power bank\". We read this as the shawl with a power bank included, but the capacity is not stated, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need the figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGift box:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shawl in gift packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 x 80 cm (about 59 x 31.5 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, green, red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plush fabric, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wearable shawl or lap blanket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e One shawl (plus a power bank in the power bank option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's material list includes many fabrics, which looks like a general list for their whole heated range. From the photos, this USB heated shawl has a soft plush face. Also not stated: the number of heat settings, maximum temperature, heating zone size, battery life and full washing instructions. The original title called it washable. As with any heated textile, unplug it and remove the power bank and USB cable before cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow a USB Heated Shawl Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThin heating wires or pads inside the fabric warm up when power flows through the USB cable. This kind of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Heated_clothing\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eheated clothing\u003c\/a\u003e uses low voltage, so it can run from a power bank, laptop port or wall charger. A bigger power bank gives longer warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a good quality USB charger or power bank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not fold it tightly while it is switched on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnplug it when you go to sleep or leave the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use it on infants, people who cannot feel heat well, or anyone who cannot remove it themselves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the cable for damage before each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOffice workers with cold desks, people who feel the cold on the sofa, students in chilly rooms and anyone looking for a winter gift. A USB heated shawl in the gift box option makes an easy present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the rest of you warm with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/usb-heated-gloves-winter\"\u003eUSB heated gloves\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/fuzzy-knit-beanie-cuffed-winter-hat\"\u003efuzzy knit beanie\u003c\/a\u003e and more from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/winter-collection\"\u003ewinter collection\u003c\/a\u003e. For the sofa, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedding-linens\"\u003ebedding and linens\u003c\/a\u003e ranges, or read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/how-to-choose-a-sofa\"\u003esofa buying guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a power bank?\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the power bank option. The other options need your own USB power source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it while charging my phone from the same power bank?\u003c\/strong\u003e That depends on your power bank's outputs and capacity. Two devices will drain it faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The original listing said so, but no instructions were given. Remove all electrical parts first and wash gently by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and option above to order this USB heated shawl.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige \/ 150 X 80 Cm Bagged","offer_id":48588303433889,"sku":"CJYD327828305EV","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Equipped with a 1W power bank","offer_id":48588303466657,"sku":"CJYD327828307GT","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige \/ Gift Box","offer_id":48588303499425,"sku":"CJYD327828306FU","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 150 X 80 Cm Bagged","offer_id":48588303532193,"sku":"CJYD327828301AZ","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Equipped with a 1W power bank","offer_id":48588303564961,"sku":"CJYD327828308HS","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Gift Box","offer_id":48588303597729,"sku":"CJYD327828302BY","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 150 X 80 Cm Bagged","offer_id":48588303630497,"sku":"CJYD327828303CX","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Equipped with a 1W power bank","offer_id":48588303663265,"sku":"CJYD327828309IR","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Gift Box","offer_id":48588303696033,"sku":"CJYD327828304DW","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1079793b-a669-4827-81a6-da657ad9a4fd.jpg?v=1793619236"},{"product_id":"silicone-kitchen-utensil-set-33-piece","title":"Silicone Kitchen Utensil Set – 33 Pieces with Electric Salt and Pepper Grinder Set","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilicone Kitchen Utensil Set with Electric Salt and Pepper Grinder Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis silicone kitchen utensil set gives you 33 cooking tools with wooden handles, plus an electric salt and pepper grinder set. The utensils cover spatulas, a turner, a soup ladle, serving spoons, a pasta server, tongs, measuring cups and spoons, a holder, 10 hanging hooks and a silicone mat. The grinders are battery powered, with adjustable coarseness and an LED light. Easy Life Markets sells the bundle in khaki.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a full kitchen starter kit in one order. Cook with the silicone tools, then season at the table with a push of a button instead of twisting a manual mill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e33-Piece Silicone Kitchen Utensil Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible spatulas and a spatula turner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoup ladle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServing spoons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePasta server\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTongs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasuring cups and measuring spoons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUtensil holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 hanging hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilicone mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photos also show a whisk, slotted spoons and a pastry brush. The 33-piece count includes the hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eElectric Salt and Pepper Grinder Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectric, battery-powered grinding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable coarseness, from fine to coarse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity for salt and peppercorns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED light so you can see how much you add\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product photos show the silicone kitchen utensil set only. The electric salt and pepper grinder set is included but not pictured. The supplier does not list the grinder's battery type, whether batteries come in the box, its exact capacity or its colour. If you need any of those details before ordering, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUtensil Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeads:\u003c\/strong\u003e Food-grade silicone, BPA-free, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel inside the spatulas, so they do not bend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 230°C (446°F), according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Khaki\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew silicone can have a slight smell. The supplier suggests soaking the utensils in water and leaving them to air for about three hours before first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Silicone Utensils?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Silicone\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eSilicone\u003c\/a\u003e handles heat well, does not react with food and stays flexible. It will not scratch non-stick pans like metal can, melt like thin plastic, or crack like old wooden spoons. Keep sharp knives away from the heads, as a deep cut can nick them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Electric Grinders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill one mill with salt and the other with whole peppercorns. Use coarse salt crystals, not fine table salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the coarseness with the adjuster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the button to grind. The LED lights the food so you can see what you are adding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep them dry. Do not grind over a steaming pan, as moisture can clog the mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash the utensils by hand in warm soapy water and dry them straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak them for long or put them in the dishwasher. The supplier advises against both because of the wooden handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRub a little food-safe oil into the handles now and then.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the grinders with a dry or slightly damp cloth only. Never put them in water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew homeowners, students, couples moving in together and anyone who cooks every day. A silicone kitchen utensil set with matching grinders also makes a good housewarming or wedding gift. Store everything in a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kitchen-pantry-cabinet-71-inch-pull-out-shelves-walnut\"\u003ekitchen pantry cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e, and pull up a seat at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/counter-height-bar-stools-set-of-3-white-25-inch\"\u003ecounter height bar stools\u003c\/a\u003e. Hosting a holiday meal? See our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/christmas-tableware-set-168-piece\"\u003eChristmas tableware set\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining collection\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003ehome and garden\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the silicone kitchen utensil set safe for non-stick pans?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Silicone heads will not scratch non-stick coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the salt and pepper grinder set really included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It is part of this bundle, even though the photos only show the utensils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the grinders come with batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not stated. Please ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the utensils go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier advises hand washing because of the wooden handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the silicone kitchen utensil set with electric salt and pepper grinders above and kit out your kitchen in one go.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Khaki","offer_id":48589282574497,"sku":"CJCJ309234001AZ","price":91.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/f49ca57a-d11d-4cb5-a9fe-088e77a5bd79.jpg?v=1793619771"},{"product_id":"portable-charcoal-grill-tabletop-bbq","title":"Portable Charcoal Grill – Double-Sided Tabletop BBQ with Carry Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePortable Charcoal Grill with Two Cooking Sides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis portable charcoal grill is a compact, double-sided barbecue that sits on a table or stands on the ground. It has two stainless steel grates, two ash trays, a wooden handle and an Oxford cloth carry bag. Easy Life Markets sells it in black. The supplier says it cooks for 4 to 5 people and weighs 4.1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is sized for beach days, camping trips, picnics, fishing and small patios. You can use both sides as separate grills, or close one side over the other as a lid for roasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x portable charcoal grill (with 2 grill grates and 2 ash trays)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x carry bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.5 x 30 x 35 cm (16.3 x 11.8 x 13.8 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrilling area:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34.5 x 21.5 cm (13.6 x 8.5 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill grates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x stainless steel, 34.5 x 21.8 cm each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAsh trays:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x iron-carbon, 34.5 x 17 cm each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25.2 cm diameter, 37.6 cm long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChimney:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 cm diameter, 3.5 to 4 cm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood, 18.5 cm long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGap between ash tray and grate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600°C (1112°F), according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody:\u003c\/strong\u003e Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.1 kg (9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 to 5 people\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Use Only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says this grill can be used indoors. \u003cstrong\u003eWe strongly disagree.\u003c\/strong\u003e Burning charcoal gives off carbon monoxide, a gas you cannot see or smell that can kill in an enclosed space. Use this portable charcoal grill only outside, in open air, away from tents, awnings, garages, caravans and anything that can catch fire. Never bring it inside to cool down while the coals are still warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the grill on a stable, heat-proof surface outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the charcoal area, light it, and wait until the coals are covered in grey ash before cooking. That usually takes 20 to 30 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse one side for direct grilling, or close the other half on top to roast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen you finish, let the coals burn out and cool completely before emptying the ash trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood for burgers, sausages, fish, kebabs, vegetables and small cuts of meat. For more on how grills work, see this overview of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Barbecue_grill\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebarbecue grill\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScrub the grates while still slightly warm, wash them in soapy water and dry them fully. Empty the ash after every cook. Store the grill dry in its bag so the iron body does not rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCampers, beachgoers, balcony and small-patio owners, and anyone who wants real charcoal flavour without a big barbecue. Pair this portable charcoal grill with outdoor seating like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/outdoor-patio-sofa-set-woven-rope-lounge-coffee-table\"\u003eoutdoor patio sofa set\u003c\/a\u003e, and keep the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-kitchen-utensil-set-33-piece\"\u003esilicone utensil set\u003c\/a\u003e handy for turning food. Read our guide to \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/how-to-choose-patio-furniture\"\u003echoosing patio furniture\u003c\/a\u003e, and browse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/camping-hiking\"\u003ecamping and hiking\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this portable charcoal grill on a balcony?\u003c\/strong\u003e Only if your building allows it and the space is open to the air. Check local rules first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with charcoal?\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people can it cook for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says 4 to 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder this portable charcoal grill above for your next trip outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Default","offer_id":48589861355681,"sku":"CJYL283945601AZ","price":81.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4a106afc-9848-4b42-bb23-7e57577d995b.jpg?v=1793620018"},{"product_id":"fall-garland-with-lights-usb-led","title":"Fall Garland with Lights – USB LED Maple Leaf Garland, 3 Lengths","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFall Garland with Lights, USB Powered\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fall garland with lights combines orange and red maple leaves with small LED bulbs on a bendable copper wire. It runs on USB, works indoors and outdoors, and has steady and flashing modes. Easy Life Markets sells it in three lengths: 48 LEDs, 96 LEDs or 144 LEDs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an easy way to make a mantel, banister, doorway or window look warm from September right through to the new year. Use it for autumn, Halloween and Thanksgiving, then leave it up as part of your Christmas decorating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose Your Length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLEDs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 ft (about 1.28 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.2 ft (about 1.89 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144 LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.55 ft (about 2.3 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLights:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steady on, flashing, off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB (plug or power bank not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeaves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire:\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper, bendable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indoor and outdoor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original product title said 9.52 ft, but the supplier's options list 7.55 ft for the 144 LED version. We go by the option sizes in the table above. If you need an exact length for a door frame or shelf, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Hang a Fall Garland with Lights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlong a fireplace mantel, draped loosely with a few candles nearby (keep real flames well away from the leaves).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround a front door frame or porch railing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp a staircase banister.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcross a bookshelf, window or headboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a glass vase or lantern as a table centrepiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it is USB powered, you can run it from a phone charger, laptop or power bank. A power bank is handy outdoors or on a table with no socket nearby. Bend the wire to wrap around rails or shape it into a loose wreath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Garland\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003egarland\u003c\/a\u003e is one of the oldest seasonal decorations, and adding \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Light-emitting_diode\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLED\u003c\/a\u003e lights makes it work after dark without much power or heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe leaves and wire are waterproof, but keep the USB plug and power source dry and sheltered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring it inside during storms or heavy snow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore it dry after the season, loosely coiled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who decorates for the seasons and wants one piece that covers autumn and winter. A fall garland with lights also makes a small hostess gift for Thanksgiving dinners. Pair it with our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/scented-candle-gift-set-16-soy\"\u003escented candle gift set\u003c\/a\u003e on the mantel, or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/christmas-yard-signs-santa-snowman-reindeer\"\u003eChristmas yard signs\u003c\/a\u003e outside. See the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/christmas-holiday-decor\"\u003eChristmas holiday decor collection\u003c\/a\u003e and our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-decor\"\u003ehome decor\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the fall garland with lights need batteries?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It runs from a USB power source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I leave it outside all season?\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaves and lights are waterproof, but keep the USB connection protected from rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a timer?\u003c\/strong\u003e No timer is listed. Use a plug-in timer on the USB charger if you want it to switch on and off by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick your length above and order this fall garland with lights.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"144LED 7.55FT","offer_id":48590482669729,"sku":"CJSN301166203CX","price":51.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48LED 4.2FT","offer_id":48590482702497,"sku":"CJSN301166201AZ","price":41.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"96LED 6.2FT","offer_id":48590482735265,"sku":"CJSN301166202BY","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/412e89f7-14e4-4b39-8b77-52a6ffdbbad4.jpg?v=1793620306"},{"product_id":"christmas-yard-signs-santa-snowman-reindeer","title":"Christmas Yard Signs – Santa, Snowman and Reindeer Lawn Decorations, Set of 3","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChristmas Yard Signs: Santa, Snowman and Reindeer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Christmas yard signs are a set of three cartoon characters, Santa Claus, a snowman and a reindeer, printed on waterproof plastic with stakes that push into the ground. Easy Life Markets sells the set in red and white. No tools are needed to put them up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are a quick way to make a front lawn, path or flower bed look festive without stringing lights across the roof. Kids love them, and they last for years if you store them flat after the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 signs (Santa Claus, snowman, reindeer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Waterproof plastic, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ground stakes included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lawns, gardens, paths, porches, balconies and patios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Stakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's description gives different stake counts in different places (6 sticks in one line, 20 stakes in another) and calls them both plastic and wooden. What is clear is that stakes are included, two per sign. The size of each sign is not listed. If you need the exact size, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Set Up Christmas Yard Signs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush two stakes into the slots at the bottom of each sign.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the stakes into the ground. Soft soil after rain makes this much easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace the three signs along a path or group them together near the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn windy spots, push the stakes in deeper or place the signs where a wall or hedge gives shelter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Lawn_sign\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLawn signs\u003c\/a\u003e are light by design, so they can blow over in strong gusts. If storms are forecast, lay them flat for the night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIdeas for Using Them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine the path to your front door so visitors walk past all three.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair them with string lights on a hedge or fence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand them in a large planter on a balcony.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse them at a school, church or office Christmas party.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe off mud, let the signs dry, and store them flat with the stakes in a bag so nothing gets lost. Flat storage stops the plastic from bending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho They Suit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFamilies with young children, renters who cannot fix lights to the house, and anyone who wants simple outdoor decorations. Christmas yard signs pair well with a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/fall-garland-with-lights-usb-led\"\u003eUSB LED garland\u003c\/a\u003e on the porch. Inside, choose a tree like the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pre-lit-flocked-christmas-tree-6ft\"\u003epre-lit flocked Christmas tree\u003c\/a\u003e and decorate it with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/shatterproof-christmas-ornaments-gold-20-piece\"\u003eshatterproof gold ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e. See everything in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/christmas-holiday-decor\"\u003eChristmas holiday decor collection\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these Christmas yard signs waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the supplier says they are made of waterproof plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they light up?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Add string lights nearby if you want them visible at night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, against a wall or in a planter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder these Christmas yard signs above and get your lawn ready for the holidays.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"RED WHITE","offer_id":48591206842529,"sku":"CJHD335751901AZ","price":121.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/91b84aaa-048e-40a4-b088-3f8b6caa0e93.jpg?v=1793620576"},{"product_id":"shatterproof-christmas-ornaments-gold-20-piece","title":"Shatterproof Christmas Ornaments – Gold 3 Inch Ball Set, 20 Pieces","description":"\u003ch2\u003eShatterproof Christmas Ornaments in Gold\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese shatterproof Christmas ornaments are a set of 20 gold balls, each 3 inches (about 7.6 cm) across. They are made of plastic, so they will not break into sharp pieces if a child, cat or dog knocks one off the tree. Easy Life Markets sells them in a reusable storage tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGold balls are the backbone of most tree designs. They fill the gaps, bounce light from your tree lights, and go with almost any other colour you add.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 ornaments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 x 3 x 3 in (about 7.6 cm) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic, shatterproof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reusable tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Many Do You Need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA rough guide for 3 inch balls on a full tree:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTree height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. ornaments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSets of 20\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 to 5 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 to 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 to 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 to 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 to 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 to 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 to 100+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 to 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse more if gold balls are your main decoration, fewer if you are mixing in other ornaments. This is our own rule of thumb, not a supplier figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDecorating Tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang some balls deep inside the branches near the trunk. This adds depth and hides gaps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the rest on the outer tips, spaced evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShatterproof Christmas ornaments are the right choice for the lowest branches if you have pets or toddlers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGold looks especially rich on a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-christmas-tree-7-5ft-pre-lit\"\u003eblack Christmas tree\u003c\/a\u003e and soft on a white flocked tree.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with navy, red, green or white accents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrnaments have a long history; this article on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Christmas_ornament\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eChristmas ornament\u003c\/a\u003e covers where the tradition started.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBeyond the Tree\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePile a few in a glass bowl or lantern, tuck them into a mantel garland, or hang them from a ribbon in a window. Because they are plastic, they are safe to use in table centrepieces too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho They Suit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFamilies with young children or pets, first-time tree owners building a collection, and anyone who wants a gold base to build on. Pair these shatterproof Christmas ornaments with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/honeycomb-paper-ornaments-navy-blue\"\u003enavy honeycomb paper ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/star-tree-topper-christmas\"\u003estar tree topper\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose your tree from the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/6ft-flocked-christmas-tree\"\u003e6ft flocked Christmas tree\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/9ft-christmas-tree-flocked-spruce\"\u003e9ft Christmas tree\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse everything in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/christmas-holiday-decor\"\u003eChristmas holiday decor collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these shatterproof Christmas ornaments really unbreakable?\u003c\/strong\u003e They are plastic, so they will not shatter like glass. Like any plastic, they can still dent or scuff if stepped on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they come with hooks?\u003c\/strong\u003e Hooks are not listed. Most ornament hooks or ribbon will work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they matte or shiny?\u003c\/strong\u003e The finish is not stated; check the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder these shatterproof Christmas ornaments above and start dressing your tree.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"default title","offer_id":48591378284705,"sku":"CJHD32664380001","price":71.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2fafee363f6c48fe874ed1f16edab265.webp?v=1793620633"},{"product_id":"honeycomb-paper-ornaments-navy-blue","title":"Honeycomb Paper Ornaments – Navy Blue Accordion Christmas Decorations, Set of 4","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHoneycomb Paper Ornaments in Navy Blue\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese honeycomb paper ornaments are a set of four navy blue decorations that fold out from flat into 3D accordion shapes. Small built-in magnets hold them open, and each one has a gold cord ready for hanging. Easy Life Markets sells the set for indoor use on trees, mantels and windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper ornaments bring texture that glass and plastic balls cannot. The honeycomb pattern catches light in a soft, layered way, and the deep navy looks smart next to gold, silver or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set of 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinial ornaments:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 in high x 2.5 in diameter (about 10 x 6.4 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBall ornament:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 in (about 7.6 cm) diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Navy blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paper with built-in magnets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gold cord attached\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indoor only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes the set as finials plus a ball ornament. From the sizes listed, expect a mix of teardrop-style finials and at least one round ball.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Honeycomb Paper Ornaments Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake an ornament out flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen it gently, fanning the paper round until the two ends meet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe magnets click together and hold the shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang it by the gold cord.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the season, open the magnets and fold each one flat again. They take up almost no space in a storage box, which is one of the best things about them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use Them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn the tree, mixed with metallic balls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHung at different heights in a window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlong a mantel garland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbove a dining or party table from a ribbon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTied onto wrapped gifts as a reusable topper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaper decorations have a long history in holiday decorating; this article on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Christmas_ornament\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eChristmas ornament\u003c\/a\u003e covers the tradition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep them dry and away from candles, fireplaces and heaters. Paper fades in strong sun, so avoid a sunny window for weeks on end. Store flat in a box somewhere cool and dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho They Suit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople who like a modern, layered tree, small spaces where flat storage helps, and anyone decorating a table or window. Honeycomb paper ornaments pair well with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/shatterproof-christmas-ornaments-gold-20-piece\"\u003egold shatterproof ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e, since navy and gold work so well together, and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/star-tree-topper-christmas\"\u003egold star tree topper\u003c\/a\u003e. They look great on a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/6ft-flocked-christmas-tree\"\u003ewhite flocked tree\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/christmas-holiday-decor\"\u003eChristmas holiday decor collection\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-decor\"\u003ehome decor\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan honeycomb paper ornaments go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They are paper and for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they come flat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. You open them out and the magnets hold the shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many come in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e Four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder these honeycomb paper ornaments above and add some texture to your tree.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"default title","offer_id":48591590916257,"sku":"CJHD32664310001","price":69.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/d17331a5a6df4210ab31c9573cf82af2.webp?v=1793620710"},{"product_id":"scented-candle-gift-set-16-soy","title":"Scented Candle Gift Set – 16 Soy Wax Candles, 2.5 oz, 16 Fragrances","description":"\u003ch2\u003eScented Candle Gift Set with 16 Soy Wax Candles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis scented candle gift set has 16 small soy wax candles, each in a different fragrance. Each candle is 2.5 oz (about 71 g) with a single wick, and the supplier gives a burn time of about 18 to 20 hours each. Easy Life Markets sells the set in gift packaging, ready to give.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSixteen scents in one box means you can try something new in every room, change the mood through the week, or split the set into smaller gifts for friends, teachers and coworkers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Fragrances\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists these scents:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVanilla\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBergamot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFig\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLavender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGardenia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrawberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRosemary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeppermint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBluebell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWood sage and sea salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeony and cherry blossom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnglish pear and freesia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 oz (about 71 g) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWax:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural soy wax, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWick:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18 to 20 hours per candle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gift box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Soy Wax?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Soy_candle\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eSoy wax\u003c\/a\u003e is made from soybean oil. It melts at a lower temperature than paraffin, so it tends to burn slowly and evenly, and many people find it carries scent nicely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Best Burn\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe first time you light a candle, let it burn until the whole top surface melts. This stops tunnelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim the wick to about 5 mm before each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurn for no more than about 4 hours at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep candles away from draughts so they burn evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCandle Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever leave a burning candle unattended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep candles away from curtains, Christmas trees, paper decorations and anything that can catch fire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace them on a heat-proof surface, out of reach of children and pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop burning when about 1 cm of wax remains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGift Ideas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full scented candle gift set makes a generous present for someone who loves home fragrance. Or split it: four candles in a small bag with a card make a thoughtful gift for a neighbour or colleague. It pairs well with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/usb-heated-shawl-wearable-blanket\"\u003eUSB heated shawl\u003c\/a\u003e for a cosy-night-in gift, or with our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/towels-linens\"\u003ebath towels\u003c\/a\u003e for a spa-style bundle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who likes a home that smells good, people building a winter self-care routine, and shoppers looking for an easy Christmas gift. Set a candle on the mantel next to the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/fall-garland-with-lights-usb-led\"\u003eLED leaf garland\u003c\/a\u003e, keeping flames clear of the leaves. Browse more in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/christmas-holiday-decor\"\u003eChristmas holiday decor collection\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-decor\"\u003ehome decor\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does each candle in this scented candle gift set burn?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 18 to 20 hours, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the candles in jars or tins?\u003c\/strong\u003e The container type is not stated; check the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it comes in gift packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder this scented candle gift set above for yourself or someone special.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"MULTICOLOR","offer_id":48591721857185,"sku":"CJHD335902901AZ","price":131.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/aa010fd7-b88c-4769-b1ee-b594b93fa8e8.jpg?v=1793620797"},{"product_id":"6ft-flocked-christmas-tree","title":"6ft Flocked Christmas Tree – Full Spruce, 1207 Tips, Green or White","description":"\u003ch2\u003e6ft Flocked Christmas Tree, Full Spruce\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 6ft flocked Christmas tree has a full, wide spruce shape with a light snowy coating on the branches. It has 1,207 branch tips, hinged branches that drop into place, and a metal base. Easy Life Markets sells it in green or white. The supplier says it takes about 15 minutes to put together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 6 ft tree suits most living rooms with standard ceilings. It is big enough to look like a proper Christmas tree without crowding the room, and the flocking gives that fresh-snow look all season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 in (about 183 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 43.3 in (about 110 cm) at the widest point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBranch tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,207\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.7 in (about 40 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTree type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full spruce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green or white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic branches, metal base; made with flame-retardant materials, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 60% moulded from real branches for a more natural look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 15 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x tree, 1 x manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit Your Room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSubtract 15 to 30 cm from your ceiling height for room to add a topper. A 6ft flocked Christmas tree fits ceilings of about 2.1 m and up. For width, it needs about 110 cm of floor space plus room to walk around it. For higher ceilings, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/9ft-christmas-tree-flocked-spruce\"\u003e9ft Christmas tree\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the metal base and stand it where the tree will go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlot the sections together from the bottom up. The hinged branches drop down as you lift each section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluff every tip, working from the trunk outwards and the bottom up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd lights first, then ornaments, then the topper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA little flocking may fall during the first setup; this is normal. Lay an old sheet underneath while you shape the branches. Learn more about \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Flocking_(texture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eflocking\u003c\/a\u003e and how it creates a snowy look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen or White?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e looks like a real tree with a dusting of snow. Red, gold and silver ornaments all work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite\u003c\/strong\u003e looks bright and modern. Gold, navy, pink and silver stand out on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDecorate It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause this 6ft flocked Christmas tree comes without lights, you can choose the colour and style you like. Add \u003ca href=\"\/products\/shatterproof-christmas-ornaments-gold-20-piece\"\u003egold shatterproof ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e (two or three sets for this size), \u003ca href=\"\/products\/honeycomb-paper-ornaments-navy-blue\"\u003enavy honeycomb paper ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e and a 15 to 20 cm \u003ca href=\"\/products\/star-tree-topper-christmas\"\u003estar tree topper\u003c\/a\u003e. Prefer lights built in? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pre-lit-flocked-christmas-tree-6ft\"\u003epre-lit flocked Christmas tree\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse everything in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/christmas-holiday-decor\"\u003eChristmas holiday decor collection\u003c\/a\u003e, and read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/living-room-layout-guide\"\u003eliving room layout guide\u003c\/a\u003e for where to place it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFold the hinged branches up towards the trunk, wrap each section loosely and store it somewhere cool and dry. Do not squash it; tight packing flattens the tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 6ft flocked Christmas tree come with lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e No.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it shed?\u003c\/strong\u003e A little flocking may fall at first, which is normal for flocked trees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the base included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a metal base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose green or white above to order this 6ft flocked Christmas tree.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"80073795","offer_id":48591912599713,"sku":"CJSD32961740001","price":191.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/3fd2cfea0c864a18ae6c07f2bba71daf.jpg?v=1793620876"},{"product_id":"pre-lit-flocked-christmas-tree-6ft","title":"Pre-Lit Flocked Christmas Tree 6ft – 250 Lights, 11 Modes and Remote","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePre-Lit Flocked Christmas Tree, 6ft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pre-lit flocked Christmas tree is a 6ft snowy pine with 250 lights already fitted, 11 light modes and a remote control. It has 1,000 flexible branch tips, hinged branches and an X-shaped iron stand. Easy Life Markets sells it with kraft paper to lay under the stand during setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf untangling light strings is the part of Christmas you dread, a pre-lit tree solves that. Put it together, plug it in, pick a light mode from your sofa, and start hanging ornaments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 ft (about 183 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBranch tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000, flexible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLights:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250, pre-installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remote included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBranches:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hinged, drop into place automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand:\u003c\/strong\u003e X-shaped iron stand with a reinforced base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snow-flocked pine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtras:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kraft paper for setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not list the tree's width, light colour, plug type or power rating. From the photos the lights appear warm white. If you need to confirm the plug for your country, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting Up a Pre-Lit Flocked Christmas Tree\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the kraft paper on the floor where the tree will stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble the X-shaped stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the base and tree sections; the hinged branches drop down on their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoin any light connectors between sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluff the tips, then plug in and choose a light mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe paper catches the small amount of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Flocking_(texture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eflocking\u003c\/a\u003e that sheds during the first setup. Lift it away afterwards and give the area a quick vacuum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLight Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch the lights off when you go to bed or leave the house.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overload the socket or extension lead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tree away from heaters, fireplaces and candles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the wiring each year before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDecorate It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith lights already on, you only need ornaments and a topper. Try \u003ca href=\"\/products\/shatterproof-christmas-ornaments-gold-20-piece\"\u003egold shatterproof ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e (two or three sets), \u003ca href=\"\/products\/honeycomb-paper-ornaments-navy-blue\"\u003ehoneycomb paper ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/star-tree-topper-christmas\"\u003estar tree topper\u003c\/a\u003e in the 15 to 20 cm size. Want a darker, bolder look with more lights? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-christmas-tree-7-5ft-pre-lit\"\u003e7.5ft black pre-lit tree\u003c\/a\u003e. Prefer to choose your own lights? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/6ft-flocked-christmas-tree\"\u003e6ft flocked Christmas tree\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBusy households, renters who want a quick setup, and anyone who wants a snowy white-Christmas look without stringing lights. Put a pre-lit flocked Christmas tree in the living room, and dress the porch with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/christmas-yard-signs-santa-snowman-reindeer\"\u003eChristmas yard signs\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse everything in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/christmas-holiday-decor\"\u003eChristmas holiday decor collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this pre-lit flocked Christmas tree come with a remote?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, for switching between the 11 light modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lights does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e 250.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill flocking get everywhere?\u003c\/strong\u003e A little sheds at first. The included kraft paper catches most of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder this pre-lit flocked Christmas tree above and skip the light tangles this year.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"default title","offer_id":48592171040929,"sku":"CJHD32664020001","price":161.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2d1e12bd70a8478b8a1943d898c92da9.webp?v=1793620968"},{"product_id":"9ft-christmas-tree-flocked-spruce","title":"9ft Christmas Tree – Flocked Full Spruce, 2514 Tips, Green or White","description":"\u003ch2\u003e9ft Christmas Tree, Flocked Full Spruce\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 9ft Christmas tree is a tall, full spruce with flocked branches, 2,514 branch tips and a metal base. Hinged branches drop into place as you assemble it. Easy Life Markets sells it in green or white. The supplier gives an assembly time of 30 to 35 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 9 ft tree is made for high ceilings, open-plan living rooms, double-height entrance halls, shop floors, hotel lobbies, churches and event venues. In the right room it is the first thing everyone sees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 107.9 in (about 274 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57.1 in (about 145 cm) at the widest point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBranch tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,514\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25.6 in (about 65 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTree type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full spruce, flocked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green or white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic branches, metal base; made with flame-retardant materials, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTips:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 60% moulded from real branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 to 35 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x tree, 1 x manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMeasure Before You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a big tree. Check three things:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling height:\u003c\/strong\u003e At least 2.9 to 3 m, so there is room for a topper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor space:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 145 cm across, plus room to walk around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGetting it in:\u003c\/strong\u003e The tree comes in sections, but check stairs and doorways for the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your ceiling is lower, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-christmas-tree-7-5ft-pre-lit\"\u003e7.5ft pre-lit tree\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/6ft-flocked-christmas-tree\"\u003e6ft flocked Christmas tree\u003c\/a\u003e will look better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting Up a 9ft Christmas Tree\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild the metal base in its final spot. Moving a decorated 9 ft tree is hard work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack the sections from the bottom up. You will need a step ladder for the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluff every tip from the trunk outwards. Allow time; there are over 2,500 of them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd lights, then ornaments, then the topper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is easier with two people. A little \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Flocking_(texture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eflocking\u003c\/a\u003e may shed during the first setup, so put a sheet down first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDecorating a Tall Tree\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLights:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a rough guide, plan on about 100 lights per foot of tree for a full look, so 900 or more for this size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrnaments:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four or five sets of our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/shatterproof-christmas-ornaments-gold-20-piece\"\u003egold shatterproof ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e gives good coverage. Use larger pieces near the bottom and smaller ones at the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTopper:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the 25 or 30 cm \u003ca href=\"\/products\/star-tree-topper-christmas\"\u003estar tree topper\u003c\/a\u003e. A small star gets lost on a 9 ft tree.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd texture with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/honeycomb-paper-ornaments-navy-blue\"\u003ehoneycomb paper ornaments\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFold the branches up, wrap each section loosely, and store the tree dry and cool. Label the sections so next year's setup is quicker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHomes with high ceilings, businesses decorating a shop or reception, and venues that need a statement tree. A 9ft Christmas tree also suits large open-plan rooms; our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/living-room-layout-guide\"\u003eliving room layout guide\u003c\/a\u003e can help you find the right spot. Browse everything in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/christmas-holiday-decor\"\u003eChristmas holiday decor collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this 9ft Christmas tree come with lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, so you can choose your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to set up?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 30 to 35 minutes, according to the supplier, plus time to shape the tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the base included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a metal base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is delivery?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose green or white above and order this 9ft Christmas tree.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"81881906","offer_id":48592362045601,"sku":"CJSD32962750001","price":278.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/f2a1109f14df432299994c0987176079.jpg?v=1793621032"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/collections\/0a25ee23-17e6-4f79-af37-62744beb0d7a.jpg?v=1791964337","url":"https:\/\/easylifemarketplace.com\/collections\/home-garden.oembed?page=2","provider":"Easy Life Markets","version":"1.0","type":"link"}